Organic electroluminescence element

Abstract

The present invention relates to TTA materials and small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B At least one light-emitting layer B comprising an excitation energy transfer component, a host material and a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B and an exciton management layer comprising the compound. The present invention also relates to a method for producing blue light using an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention.

Description

[Technical field]

[0001] The present invention provides a method for fabricating a semiconductor device comprising a TTA material as a host and a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S that emits light having a full width at half maximum (FWHM) of 0.25 eV or less. B The organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention also includes an exciton management layer adjacent to the emissive layer B, which comprises a host material, at least one excitation energy transfer component EET, and a small half-width emitter S B The present invention further relates to a method for preparing an organic electroluminescent device and a method for generating visible light, preferably blue or green light, using an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention. Summary of the Invention [Problem to be solved by the invention]

[0002] Organic electroluminescent devices, including one or more organic-based light-emitting layers, such as organic light-emitting diodes (OLEDs), light-emitting electrochemical cells (LECs) and light-emitting transistors, are becoming increasingly important. In particular, OLEDs are promising devices for electronic products, such as screens, displays and lighting devices. In contrast to most electroluminescent devices that are essentially inorganic-based, organic-based organic electroluminescent devices are usually somewhat flexible and can be manufactured, especially in thin films. OLED-based screens and displays already available today offer good efficiency and long life, or good color purity and long life, but none of the three properties, i.e., good efficiency, long life and good color purity, are combined.

[0003] The color purity or color point of an OLED is generally given by CIEx and CIEy coordinates, while the color gamut of a next-generation display is given by so-called BT-2020 and DCPI3 values. In general, to obtain such color coordinates, the upper light-emitting element needs to modify the cavity to adjust the color coordinates. To target such color gamut while achieving high efficiency in the upper light-emitting element, a narrow emission spectrum is required in the lower light-emitting element.

[0004] Conventional phosphorescent emitters exhibit somewhat broad emission, which is reflected by the broad emission of phosphorescent OLEDs (PHOLEDs), which typically have a full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the emission spectrum larger than 0.25 eV. The broad emission spectrum of the PHOLED in the bottom device results in a large loss of outcoupling efficiency for top light-emitting device structures targeting the BT-2020 and DCPI tri-color regions.

[0005] In addition, phosphorescent materials are typically based on transition metals, such as iridium, which are generally not abundant and therefore are very expensive materials in an OLED stack. Therefore, transition metal-based materials have the greatest potential for reducing the cost of OLEDs. Reducing the transition metal content in an OLED stack is a key performance indicator for determining the price of OLED-applied products.

[0006] Recently, some fluorescent or thermally-activated-delayed-fluorescence (TADF) emitters have been developed that exhibit somewhat narrower emission spectra, typically exhibiting an FWHM of the emission spectrum below 0.25 eV, and are therefore suitable for achieving the BT-2020 and DCPI tri-color ranges. However, such fluorescent and TADF emitters generally suffer from low efficiency due to a short lifetime, as well as a drop in efficiency at even higher luminances (i.e., roll-off behavior of OLEDs), e.g., due to exciton-polaron annihilation or exciton-exciton annihilation.

[0007] Such shortcomings can be overcome to some extent by applying the so-called hyper approach. The latter relies on the use of an energy pump that transfers energy to a fluorescent emitter that preferably exhibits a narrow emission spectrum, as mentioned above. The energy pump can be, for example, a TADF material exhibiting reverse-intersystem crossing (RISC) or a transition metal complex exhibiting efficient intersystem crossing (ISC). However, such an approach still fails to provide an organic electroluminescent device that has all of the above-mentioned favorable characteristics, i.e., good efficiency, long lifetime and good color purity.

[0008] The central element of an organic electroluminescent device for generating light is typically at least one light-emitting layer located between a positive electrode and a negative electrode. When a voltage (and current) is applied to the organic electroluminescent device, holes are injected from the positive electrode and electrons are injected from the negative electrode. Usually, a hole transport layer is located between the light-emitting layer and the positive electrode, and an electron transport layer is usually located between the light-emitting layer and the negative electrode. The different layers are arranged in sequence. High energy excitons are generated by recombination of holes and electrons in the light-emitting layer. The decay of such excited states (e.g., singlet states such as S1 and / or triplet states such as T1) to the bottom state (S0) preferably causes light emission. [Means for solving the problem]

[0009] Surprisingly, it has been found that an organic electroluminescent device comprising an emissive layer comprising a TTA material and a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter, and an exciton management layer EXL adjacent to the emissive layer, provides an organic electroluminescent device that has a long lifetime, high quantum yield, and exhibits narrow emission that is ideally suited to achieving the BT-2020 and DCPI3 blue regions.

[0010] Here, at least one excitation energy transfer component EET of the exciton management layer EXL is a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S BThe excitation energy can be transferred to DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS

[0011] The present invention relates to an organic electroluminescence device including an organic electroluminescence element.

[0012] The organic electroluminescent device includes: A) an anode layer; HTL) a hole transport layer HTL comprising a hole transport material HTM; B) at least one light-emitting layer B comprising: (ai) at least one excitation energy transfer component EET; (a-ii) Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B , (a-iii) Host material H B , (ib) Triplet / triplet annihilation (TTA) material H TTA , and (iib) Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B , C) a cathode layer; Where: The layer order is A-HTL-BC, The excitation energy transfer component EET is selected from the group consisting of TADF materials, phosphorescent materials, and exciplexes.

[0013] In one embodiment, the organic electroluminescent device comprises: A) an anode layer; HTL) a hole transport layer HTL comprising a hole transport material HTM; EXL) an exciton management layer EXL comprising: (ai) at least one excitation energy transfer component EET; (a-ii) Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B , (a-iii) Host material H B , B) at least one light-emitting layer B comprising: (ib) Triplet / triplet annihilation (TTA) material H TTA , and (iib) Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B , C) a cathode layer; Where: The layer order is A-HTL-BC, the excitation energy transfer moiety EET is selected from the group consisting of a TADF material, a phosphorescent material, and an exciplex; The organic electroluminescence element is characterized in that it satisfies one of the following conditions a) or b): a) the exciton management layer EXL is adjacent to the light-emitting layer B and is located between the light-emitting layer B and the hole-transporting layer HTL, or b) An exciton management layer EXL is adjacent to and located between two light-emitting layers B.

[0014] That is, the organic electroluminescence element is characterized in that it satisfies one of the following conditions a) or b), wherein the exciton management layer EXL is a) adjacent to the light-emitting layer B and located between the light-emitting layer B and the hole-transporting layer HTL; b) The light-emitting layer B is separated into two parts and positioned between the separated parts in a sandwich-type arrangement.

[0015] Condition a) gives rise to a layer order of A-HTL-EXL-BC.

[0016] Condition b) results in a layer order of A-HTL-B1-EXL-B2-C, where the order B1-EXL-B2 represents a sandwich-type arrangement; B1 and B2 are triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) materials and small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitters S B Any reference or information regarding the thickness of light-emitting layer B refers to the sum of the thicknesses of light-emitting layers B1 and B2, which is the same as the thickness of light-emitting layer B.

[0017] At least one light-emitting layer B includes a small full-width half-maximum (FWHM) emitter S.B and a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S included in at least one exciton management layer EXL. B may be the same or different.

[0018] In a preferred embodiment, when more than one light-emitting layer B is present, such light-emitting layers comprise or consist of the same material.

[0019] Satisfying the aforementioned requirements results in organic electroluminescent devices exhibiting long lifetimes, high quantum yields, and narrow emissions that are ideally suited to achieve the BT-2020 and DCPI3 blue regions.

[0020] It should be noted that in this specification, reference is made to the relationship of excited state energy, orbital, maximum emission, etc. of components in a specific layer of an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention. It is understood that a relationship involving the energy of two specific components applies only to the specific layer that contains such specific components, such as the emissive layer B, B1, B2, the hole transport layer HTL, and the exciton management layer EXL. Also, the fact that a relationship applies to a device according to the present invention does not mean that all devices of the present invention must contain all the components mentioned in the relationship. Such general matters are applicable to all embodiments of the present invention.

[0021] Device structure Those skilled in the art know that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention generally includes an emitting layer B. Preferably, the organic electroluminescent device includes at least the following layers: at least one emitting layer B, at least one anode layer A, and at least one cathode layer C.

[0022] Preferably, the light-emitting layer B is located between the anode layer A and the cathode layer C. The general setup is therefore preferably ABC. It does not of course exclude the presence of one or more optional additional layers. They may be present on each side of A, B and / or C.

[0023] Preferably, the anode layer A is located on the surface of a substrate. The substrate may be made of any material or composition of materials. Mostly, a glass slide is used as the substrate. Alternatively, a thin metal layer (e.g., copper, gold, silver or aluminum film) or a plastic film or plastic slide may be used, which may allow a higher level of flexibility. At least one of the two electrodes must be (essentially) transparent to allow light to be emitted from the electroluminescent element (e.g., OLED). Usually, the anode layer A is made of a material that allows obtaining a mostly (essentially) transparent film. Preferably, the anode layer A is rich in or consists of a transparent conductive oxide (TCO).

[0024] Such an anode layer A may comprise, for example, indium tin oxide, aluminum zinc oxide, fluorine tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, PbO, SnO, zirconium oxide, molybdenum oxide, vanadium oxide, tungsten oxide, graphite, doped Si, doped Ge, doped GaAs, doped polyaniline, doped polypyrrole and / or doped polythiophene, and mixtures of two or more thereof.

[0025] In one embodiment, the anode layer A may be a reflective electrode, a semi-transparent electrode, or a transparent electrode. When the anode layer A is a transparent electrode, the material for forming the anode layer may be indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (SnO 2), zinc oxide (ZnO), or any combination thereof. In one or more embodiments, when the anode layer A is a semi-transmissive electrode or a reflective electrode, the material for forming the anode layer A includes magnesium (Mg), silver (Ag), aluminum (Al), aluminum-lithium (Al-Li), calcium (Ca), magnesium-indium (Mg-In), magnesium-silver (Mg-Ag), or any combination thereof. The anode layer A can have a single-layer structure consisting of a single layer, or a multi-layer structure including multiple layers. For example, the anode layer A can have a three-layer structure of ITO / Ag / ITO.

[0026] Particularly preferably, the anode layer A is (essentially) made of indium tin oxide (ITO) (e.g., (InO 3 ) 0.9 (SnO 2 ) 0.1 The roughness of the anode layer A due to the transparent conducting oxide (TCO) is also mitigated by using a hole injection layer (HIL). The HIL also facilitates the injection of like charge carriers (i.e. holes) in that the transport of like charge carriers from the TCO to the hole transport layer (HTL) is promoted. The hole injection layer (HIL) can be made of poly-3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT), polystyrenesulfonic acid (PSS), MoO 2 , V 2 O 5, CuPC or CuI, in particular a mixture of PEDOT and PSS. The hole injection layer (HIL) can also prevent diffusion of metals from the anode layer A into the hole transport layer (HTL). For example, the HIL can be poly-3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene:polystyrenesulfonic acid (PEDOT:PSS), poly-3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT), 4,4',4"-tris[phenyl(m-tolyl)amino]triphenylamine (mMTDATA), 2,2',7,7'-tetrakis(n,n-diphenylamino)-9,9'-spirobifluorene (Spiro-TAD), N1,N1'-(biphenyl-4,4'-diyl)bis(N1-phenyl-N4,N4-di-m-tolylbenzene-1,4-diamine (DNTPD), N,N'-nis-(1- naphthalenyl)-N,N'-bis-phenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine (NPB), N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-di-[4-(N,N-diphenylamino)phenyl]benzidine (NPNPB), N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(4-methoxyphenyl)benzidine (MeO-TPD), 1,4,5,8,9,11-hexaazatriphenylene-hexacarbonitrile (HAT-CN) and / or N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis-(1-naphthyl)-9,9'-spirobifluorene-2,7-diamine (Spiro-NPD).

[0027] In one embodiment, a substrate may be further disposed below the anode layer A or above the cathode layer C. The substrate may be a glass substrate or a plastic substrate. In one or more embodiments, the substrate may be a flexible substrate, and may include a plastic having excellent heat resistance and durability, such as polyimide, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polycarbonate, polyethylene naphthalate, polyarylate (PAR), polyetherimide, or any combination thereof.

[0028] The anode layer A is formed, for example, on the substrate by depositing or sputtering a material for the anode layer A. A material with a high work function that easily injects holes can be used as the material for the anode layer A.

[0029] An intermediate layer may be located on top of the anode layer A. The intermediate layer may include a light-emitting layer B.

[0030] The intermediate layer may further include a hole transporting region located between the anode layer A and the light emitting layer B, and an electron transporting region located between the light emitting layer B and the cathode layer C.

[0031] In addition to various organic materials, the intermediate layer may further include metal-containing compounds such as organometallic compounds, inorganic materials such as quantum dots, and the like.

[0032] In one or more embodiments, the intermediate layer may include: i) two or more emitting units sequentially stacked between the anode layer A and the cathode layer B; and ii) a charge generation layer disposed between the two emitting units. When the intermediate layer includes the emitting units and the charge generation layer as described above, the organic electroluminescent device may be a tandem light emitting device.

[0033] The hole transport region can have i) a monolayer structure consisting of a single layer of a single material, ii) a monolayer structure consisting of a single layer containing a plurality of different materials, or iii) a multilayer structure including a plurality of layers containing a plurality of different materials.

[0034] The hole transport region may include a hole injection layer (HIL), a hole transport layer (HTL), a light-emitting assist layer, an electron blocking layer (EBL), or any combination thereof.

[0035] For example, the hole transport region may have a multilayer structure of a hole injection layer / hole transport layer, a hole injection layer / hole transport layer / light emitting auxiliary layer, a hole injection layer / light emitting auxiliary layer, a hole transport layer / light emitting auxiliary layer, or a hole injection layer / hole transport layer / electron blocking layer, which are stacked in this order from the anode layer A.

[0036] The hole transport region may include a compound represented by formula 201, a compound represented by formula 202, or any combination thereof:

[0037] [Chemical formula 201] JPEG2025505614000001.jpg2670

[0038] [Chemical formula 202] JPEG2025505614000002.jpg39125

[0039] In the above chemical formulas 201 and 202, L 201 ~L 204 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, L 205 *-O-*', *-S-*', *-N(Q 201 )-*', at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 an alkylene group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 20 alkenylene group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C60 is a heterocyclic group, xa1 to xa4 are each independently an integer of 0 to 5; xa5 is an integer from 1 to 10, R 201 ~R 204 and Q 201 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, R 201 and R 202 is optionally a single bond, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 5 an alkylene group, or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 5 are linked together via an alkenylene group, and at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 8 -C 60 Polycyclic groups (such as carbazole groups) can be formed (see, for example, compound HT16 below), R 203 and R 204 is optionally a single bond, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 5 an alkylene group, or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 5 are linked together via an alkenylene group, and at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 8 -C 60 can form polycyclic groups, na1 is an integer from 1 to 4.

[0040] For example, each of the chemical formulas 201 and 202 may include at least one of the groups represented by the following chemical formulas CY201 to CY217: JPEG2025505614000003.jpg106165

[0041] In the above chemical formulas CY201 to CY217, R 10b and R 10c The explanations regarding R 10a Please refer to the explanation of the CY 201 ~Kan CY 204 are independent of each other, C 3 -C 20 Carbocyclic group or C 1 -C 20 At least one hydrogen atom in the formulas CY201 to CY217 is a heterocyclic group, and R 10a It can be substituted or unsubstituted with.

[0042] In one or more embodiments, in the formulae CY201 to CY217, the ring CY 201 ~Kan CY 204 are each independently a benzene group, a naphthalene group, a phenanthrene group, or an anthracene group.

[0043] In one or more embodiments, each of the chemical formulas 201 and 202 may include at least one of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY201 to CY203.

[0044] In one or more embodiments, the chemical formula 201 may include at least one of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY201 to CY203, and at least one of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY204 to CY217.

[0045] In one or more embodiments, in formula 201, xa1 is 1 and R 201 is a group represented by one of the chemical formulas CY201 to CY203, xa2 is 0, and R 202may be a group represented by one of the above chemical formulas CY204 to CY207.

[0046] In one or more embodiments, each of the chemical formulas 201 and 202 may not include any of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY201-CY203.

[0047] In one or more embodiments, each of the chemical formulas 201 and 202 may not include any of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY201 to CY203, but may include at least one of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY204 to CY217.

[0048] In one or more embodiments, each of the chemical formulas 201 and 202 may not include any of the groups represented by the chemical formulas CY201-CY217.

[0049] In one embodiment, the hole transport region may include one of the following compounds HT1-HT46, m-MTDATA, TDATA, 2-TNATA, NPB (NPD), β-NPB, TPD, Spiro-TPD, Spiro-NPB, methylated-NPB, TAPC, HMTPD, TCTA (4,4',4"-tris(N-carbazolyl)triphenylamine), Pani / DBSA (polyaniline / dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid), PEDOT / PSS (poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene) / poly(4-styrenesulfonate)), Pani / CSA (polyaniline / camphorsulfonic acid), PANI / PSS (polyaniline / poly(4-styrenesulfonate)), or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000004.jpg99166JPEG2025505614000005.jpg98164JPEG20255056140 00006.jpg99168JPEG2025505614000007.jpg104163JPEG2025505614000008.jpg96165 JPEG2025505614000009.jpg95165JPEG2025505614000010.jpg45165JPEG20255056140 00011.jpg115163JPEG2025505614000012.jpg51108JPEG2025505614000013.jpg111163

[0050] The thickness of the hole transport region is about 50 Å to about 10,000 Å, for example, about 100 Å to about 4,000 Å. When the hole transport region includes a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, or any combination thereof, the thickness of the hole injection layer is about 100 Å to about 9,000 Å, for example, about 100 Å to about 1,000 Å, and the thickness of the hole transport layer is about 50 Å to about 2,000 Å, for example, about 100 Å to about 1,500 Å. When the thicknesses of the hole transport region, the hole injection layer, and the hole transport layer satisfy the above-mentioned ranges, satisfactory hole transport properties can be obtained without a substantial increase in driving voltage.

[0051] The light emitting auxiliary layer is a layer that compensates for an optical resonance distance according to the wavelength of light emitted from the light emitting layer to increase light emission efficiency, and the electron blocking layer is a layer that prevents electron leakage from the light emitting layer to the hole transport region. The material contained in the hole transport region may be contained in the light emitting auxiliary layer and the electron blocking layer.

[0052] In addition to the materials described above, the hole transport region may include a charge generating material to enhance conductivity. The charge generating material may be uniformly or non-uniformly dispersed (e.g., in the form of a single layer of the charge generating material) within the hole transport region.

[0053] The charge generating material can be, for example, a p-type dopant.

[0054] For example, the LUMO energy level of the p-type dopant may be less than or equal to -3.5 eV.

[0055] In one or more embodiments, the p-type dopant may include a quinone derivative, a cyano group-containing compound, a compound containing elements EL1 and EL2, or any combination thereof.

[0056] Examples of said quinone derivatives may include TCNQ, F4-TCNQ, and the like.

[0057] Examples of the cyano group-containing compound include HAT-CN, a compound represented by the following formula 221, and the like. JPEG2025505614000014.jpg48153

[0058] [Chemical formula 221] JPEG2025505614000015.jpg3950

[0059] In the above formula 221, R 221 ~R 223 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, R 221 ~R 223 at least one of the groups is independently selected from the group consisting of a cyano group, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, a C substituted with a cyano group, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, or any combination thereof; 1 -C 20 alkyl group; or any combination thereof; 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group or C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, R 10ais deuterium (-D), -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group; Deuterium, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, C 3 -C 60 carbocyclic group, C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic groups, C 6 -C 60 Aryloxy group, C 6 -C 60 Arylthio group, C 7 -C 60 Arylalkyl groups, C 2 -C 60 Heteroarylalkyl groups, -Si(Q 11 )(Q 12 )(Q 13 ), -N(Q 11 )(Q 12 ), -B(Q 11 )(Q 12 ), -C(=O)(Q 11 ), -S(=O) 2 (Q 11 ), -P(=O)(Q 11 )(Q 12 ), or any combination thereof, substituted or unsubstituted, 1 -C 60 Alkyl group, C 2 -C 60 Alkenyl group, C 2 -C 60 Alkynyl group, or C 1 -C 60 Alkoxy groups; Deuterium, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, C 1 -C 60 Alkyl group, C 2 -C 60 Alkenyl group, C 2 -C 60 Alkynyl group, C 1 -C 60 Alkoxy group, C 3 -C 60 carbocyclic group, C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic groups, C 6 -C 60Aryloxy group, C 6 -C 60 Arylthio group, C 7 -C 60 Arylalkyl groups, C 2 -C 60 Heteroarylalkyl groups, -Si(Q 21 )(Q 22 )(Q 23 ), -N(Q 21 )(Q 22 ), -B(Q 21 )(Q 22 ), -C(=O)(Q 21 ), -S(=O) 2 (Q 21 ), -P(=O)(Q 21 )(Q 22 ), or any combination thereof, substituted or unsubstituted, 3 -C 60 carbocyclic group, C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic groups, C 6 -C 60 Aryloxy group, C 6 -C 60 Arylthio group, C 7 -C 60 Arylalkyl group, or C 2 -C 60 Heteroarylalkyl groups; or -Si(Q 31 )(Q 32 )(Q 33 ), -N(Q 31 )(Q 32 ), -B(Q 31 )(Q 32 ), -C(=O)(Q 31 ), -S(=O) 2 (Q 31 ), or -P(=O)(Q 31 )(Q 32 );

[0060] As used herein, Q 1 ~Q 3 , Q 11 ~Q 13 , Q 21 ~Q 23 , and Q 31 ~Q33 are, independently of each other, hydrogen; deuterium; -F; -Cl; -Br; -I; hydroxyl group; cyano group; nitro group; C 1 -C 60 Alkyl group; C 2 -C 60 Alkenyl group; C 2 -C 60 Alkynyl group; C 1 -C 60 Alkoxy group; Deuterium, -F, Cyano group, C 1 -C 60 Alkyl group, C 1 -C 60 C, substituted or unsubstituted with alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, biphenyl groups, or any combination thereof 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group or C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic group; C 7 -C 60 Arylalkyl group; or C 2 -C 60 a heteroarylalkyl group;

[0061] In the compound containing the elements EL1 and EL2, the element EL1 is a metal, a metalloid, or a combination thereof, and the element EL2 is a nonmetal, a metalloid, or a combination thereof.

[0062] Examples of the metal include alkali metals (e.g., lithium (Li), sodium (Na), potassium (K), rubidium (Rb), cesium (Cs), etc.); alkaline earth metals (e.g., beryllium (Be), magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), strontium (Sr), barium (Ba), etc.); transition metals (e.g., titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), vanadium (V), niobium (Nb), tantalum (Ta), chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), tungsten (W), manganese (Mn), technetium (Tc), rhenium (Re), iron (Fe), ruthenium (Ru), osmium (Os), cobalt (Cs), etc.). (Co), rhodium (Rh), iridium (Ir), nickel (Ni), palladium (Pd), platinum (Pt), copper (Cu), silver (Ag), gold (Au), etc.; post-transition metals (e.g., zinc (Zn), indium (In), tin (Sn), etc.); lanthanide metals (e.g., lanthanum (La), cerium (Ce), praseodymium (Pr), neodymium (Nd), promethium (Pm), samarium (Sm), europium (Eu), gadolinium (Gd), terbium (Tb), dysprosium (Dy), holmium (Ho), erbium (Er), thulium (Tm), ytterbium (Yb), ruthenium (Lu), etc.); and the like.

[0063] Examples of the metalloid may include silicon (Si), antimony (Sb), tellurium (Te), and the like.

[0064] Examples of said non-metals may include oxygen (O), halogens (eg, F, Cl, Br, I, etc.), and the like.

[0065] For example, the compound containing element EL1 and element EL2 may include a metal oxide, a metal halide (e.g., a metal fluoride, a metal chloride, a metal bromide, a metal iodide, etc.), a metalloid halide (e.g., a metalloid fluoride, a metalloid chloride, a metalloid bromide, a metalloid iodide, etc.), a metal telluride, or any combination thereof.

[0066] Examples of the metal oxide include tungsten oxide (e.g., WO, W2 O 3 , WO 2 , WO 3 , W 2 O 5 ), vanadium oxides (e.g., VO, V 2 O 3 , V.O. 2 , V 2 O 5 etc.), molybdenum oxide (MoO, Mo 2 O 3 , MoO 2 , MoO 3 , Mo 2 O 5 ), rhenium oxides (e.g., ReO 3 etc.) may also be included.

[0067] Examples of said metal halides may include alkali metal halides, alkaline earth metal halides, transition metal halides, post-transition metal halides, lanthanide metal halides, and the like.

[0068] Examples of the alkali metal halides may include LiF, NaF, KF, RbF, CsF, LiCl, NaCl, KCl, RbCl, CsCl, LiBr, NaBr, KBr, RbBr, CsBr, LiI, NaI, KI, RbI, CsI, and the like.

[0069] An example of the alkaline earth metal halide is BeF 2 , MgF 2 , CaF 2 , SrF 2 , BaF 2 , BeCl 2 , MgCl 2 , CaCl 2 , SrCl 2 , BaCl 2 , BeBr 2 , MgBr 2 , CaBr 2 , SrBr 2 , BaBr 2 , BeI 2 , MgI 2 , CaI 2 , SrI2 ,BaI 2 etc. may be included.

[0070] Examples of the transition metal halide include titanium halides (e.g., TiF 4 , TiCl 4 , TiBr 4 , TiI 4 etc.), zirconium halides (e.g., ZrF 4 , ZrCl 4 , ZrBr 4 , ZrI 4 etc.), hafnium halides (e.g., HfF 4 , HfCl 4 , HfBr 4 , HfI 4 ), vanadium halides (e.g., VF 3 , VCl 3 , VBr 3 , V.I. 3 etc.), niobium halides (e.g., NbF 3 , NbCl 3 , NbBr 3 , NbI 3 etc.), tantalum halides (e.g., TaF 3 , TaCl 3 , TaBr 3 ,TaI 3 etc.), chromium halides (e.g., CrF 3 , CrCl 3 , CrBr 3 , CrI 3 etc.), molybdenum halides (e.g., MoF 3 , MoCl 3 , MoBr 3 , MoI 3 ), tungsten halides (e.g., WF 3 , WCl 3 , W.B.R. 3 , W.I. 3 etc.), manganese halides (e.g., MnF 2 , MnCl 2 , MnBr 2 , MnI 2 ), technetium halides (e.g., TcF 2, TcCl 2 , TcBr 2 , TcI 2 etc.), rhenium halides (e.g., ReF 2 , ReCl 2 , ReBr 2 , ReI 2 etc.), iron halides (e.g., FeF 2 , FeCl 2 , FeBr 2 , FeI 2 etc.), ruthenium halides (e.g., RuF 2 , RuCl 2 , RuBr 2 , RuI 2 etc.), osmium halides (e.g., OsF 2 , OsCl 2 , OsBr 2 , OsI 2 etc.), cobalt halides (e.g., CoF 2 , CoCl 2 , CoBr 2 , CoI 2 etc.), rhodium halides (e.g., RhF 2 , RhCl 2 , RhBr 2 , RhI 2 etc.), iridium halides (e.g., IrF 2 , IrCl 2 , IrBr 2 , IrI 2 etc.), nickel halides (e.g., NiF 2 , NiCl 2 , NiBr 2 , NiI 2 etc.), palladium halides (e.g., PdF 2 , PdCl 2 , PdBr 2 , PdI 2 etc.), platinum halides (e.g., PtF 2 , PtCl 2 , PtBr 2 , PtI 2etc.), copper halides (e.g., CuF, CuCl, CuBr, CuI, etc.), silver halides (e.g., AgF, AgCl, AgBr, AgI, etc.), gold halides (e.g., AuF, AuCl, AuBr, AuI, etc.), and the like.

[0071] Examples of the post-transition metal halide include zinc halides (e.g., ZnF 2 , ZnCl 2 , ZnBr 2 , ZnI 2 etc.), indium halides (e.g., InI 3 etc.), tin halides (e.g., SnI 2 etc.) may also be included.

[0072] Examples of the lanthanide metal halides are YbF, YbF 2 , YbF 3 , SmF 3 , YbCl, YbCl 2 , YbCl 3 , SmCl 3 , YbBr, YbBr 2 , YbBr 3 , SmBr 3 , YbI, YbI 2 , YbI 3 , SmI 3 etc. may be included.

[0073] Examples of the metalloid halides include antimony halides (e.g., SbCl 5 etc.) may also be included.

[0074] Examples of the metal tellurides include alkali metal tellurides (e.g., Li 2 Te, Na 2 Te, K 2 Te, Rb 2 Te, Cs 2 Te, etc.), alkaline earth metal tellurides (e.g., BeTe, MgTe, CaTe, SrTe, BaTe, etc.), transition metal tellurides (e.g., TiTe 2 , ZrTe 2 , HfTe 2 , V2 Te 3 , Nb 2 Te 3 , Ta 2 Te 3 , Cr 2 Te 3 , Mo 2 Te 3 , W 2 Te 3 , MnTe, TcTe, ReTe, FeTe, RuTe, OsTe, CoTe, RhTe, IrTe, NiTe, PdTe, PtTe, Cu 2 Te, CuTe, Ag 2 Te, AgTe, Au 2 Te, etc.), post-transition metal tellurides (e.g., ZnTe, etc.), lanthanide metal tellurides (e.g., LaTe, CeTe, PrTe, NdTe, PmTe, EuTe, GdTe, TbTe, DyTe, HoTe, ErTe, TmTe, YbTe, LuTe, etc.), and the like.

[0075] In one embodiment, adjacent to the anode layer A or the hole injection layer (HIL), generally, a hole transport layer (HTL) is located. Any hole transport compound can be used here. For example, electron-rich heteroaromatic compounds, such as triarylamines and / or carbazoles, are also used as hole transport compounds. The HTL can reduce the energy barrier between the anode layer A and the light-emitting layer B (which plays the role of the light-emitting layer (EML)). The hole transport layer (HTL) can also be an electron blocking layer (EBL). Preferably, the hole transport compound has a triplet state T1 with a relatively high energy level. For example, the hole transport layer (HTL) may be tris(4-carbazolyl-9-ylphenyl)amine (TCTA), poly(4-butylphenyl-diphenylamine) (poly-TPD), poly(4-butylphenyl-diphenylamine) (α-NPD), 4,4'-cyclohexylidene-bis[N,N-bis(4-methylphenyl)benzenamine] (TAPC), 4,4',4"-tris[2-naphthyl(phenyl)-amino]triphenylamine (2-TNATA), Spiro-TAD, DNTPD, NPB, NPNPB, MeO-TPD, HAT-CN, and / or 9,9' The HTL may comprise a star-shaped heterocyclic compound such as 9-diphenyl-6-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-9H,9'H-3,3'-bicarbazole (TrisPcz). The HTL may also comprise a p-doped layer consisting of an inorganic or organic dopant in an organic hole-transporting matrix. The inorganic dopants may be transition metal oxides such as vanadium oxide, molybdenum oxide or tungsten oxide. The organic dopants may be tetrafluorotetracyanoquinodimethane (F 4 -TCNQ), copper-pentafluorobenzoate (Cu(I)pFBz) or transition metal complexes can be used.

[0076] In one embodiment, the EBL may be, for example, 1,3-bis(carbazol-9-yl)benzene (mCP), TCTA, 2-TNATA, 3,3-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl (mCBP), 9-[3-(dibenzofuran-2-yl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole, 9-[3-(dibenzofuran-2-yl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole, 9-[3-(dibenzothiophen-2-yl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole, 9-[3,5-bis(2-dibenzofuranyl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole, 9-[3,5-bis(2-dibenzothiophenyl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole, tris-Pcz, 9-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-3,6-bis(triphenylsilyl)-9H-carbazole (CzSi), and / or It may include N,N'-dicarbazolyl-1,4-dimethylbenzene (DCB).

[0077] The configuration of the one or more light-emitting layers B is as described above. The one or more light-emitting layers B according to the present invention preferably have a thickness of 1 mm or less, more preferably 0.1 mm or less, even more preferably 10 μm or less, still more preferably 1 μm or less, and particularly preferably 0.1 μm or less.

[0078] In one or more embodiments, the light emitting layer B may have a structure in which two or more layers, a red light emitting layer, a green light emitting layer, and a blue light emitting layer, are stacked, and the two or more layers may be in contact with each other or separated from each other to emit white light. In one or more embodiments, the light emitting layer B includes two or more materials, a red light emitting material, a green light emitting material, and a blue light emitting material, and the two or more materials are mixed together in a single layer to emit white light.

[0079] The light-emitting layer B includes a host and a dopant. The dopant includes a phosphorescent dopant, a fluorescent dopant, or a combination thereof.

[0080] The content of the dopant in the light-emitting layer B is about 0.01 to about 15 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the host.

[0081] In one or more embodiments, the light-emitting layer B includes quantum dots.

[0082] Meanwhile, the light emitting layer B includes a delayed fluorescent material, which may act as a host or a dopant in the light emitting layer.

[0083] The thickness of the light-emitting layer B is about 100 Å to about 1000 Å, for example, about 200 Å to about 600 Å. When the thickness of the light-emitting layer B satisfies the above-mentioned range, excellent light-emitting characteristics can be exhibited without a substantial increase in driving voltage.

[0084] In one or more embodiments, the host may include a compound represented by formula 301:

[0085] [Chemical formula 301] [Ar 301 ] xb11 -[(L 301 ) xb1 -R 301 ] xb21

[0086] In the above formula 301, Ar 301 and L 301 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, xb11 is 1, 2 or 3; xb1 is an integer from 0 to 5, R 301 is hydrogen, deuterium, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 Alkyl group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C60 alkenyl group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 60 Alkynyl group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 Alkoxy group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic group, -Si(Q 301 )(Q 302 )(Q 303 ), -N(Q 301 )(Q 302 ), -B(Q 301 )(Q 302 ), -C(=O)(Q 301 ), -S(=O) 2 (Q 301 ), or -P(=O)(Q 301 )(Q 302 ) and xb21 is an integer from 1 to 5, Q 301 ~Q 303 The explanations regarding the above are given in the Q section of this specification. 1 Please refer to the explanation related to.

[0087] For example, in the above formula 301, when xb11 is 2 or more, 2 or more Ar 301 can be linked to each other via a single bond.

[0088] In one or more embodiments, the host may include a compound represented by formula 301-1 below, a compound represented by formula 301-2 below, or any combination thereof:

[0089] [Chemical formula 301-1] JPEG2025505614000016.jpg33125

[0090] [Chemical formula 301-2] JPEG2025505614000017.jpg43142

[0091] In the chemical formulas 301-1 to 301-2, Ring A 301 ~Ring A 304 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, X 301 is O, S, N-[(L 304 ) xb4 -R 304 ], C(R 304 )(R 305 ), or Si(R 304 )(R 305 ) and xb22 and xb23 are independently 0, 1 or 2; L 301 , xb1 and R 301 For the explanation of each of the above, please refer to the descriptions in this specification. L 302 ~L 304 The explanations regarding the above are independent of each other. 301 Refer to the explanation regarding For the explanation of xb2 to xb4, refer to the explanation of xb1. R 302 ~R 305 and R 311 ~R 314 For the explanation of 301 Please refer to the explanation related to.

[0092] In one or more embodiments, the host may include an alkaline earth metal complex, a post-transition metal complex, or any combination thereof. For example, the host may include a Be complex (e.g., compound H55 below), a Mg complex, a Zn complex, or any combination thereof.

[0093] In one or more embodiments, the host may include one of the following compounds H1-H128: ADN (9,10-di(2-naphthyl)anthracene), MADN (2-methyl-9,10-bis(naphthylene-2-yl)anthracene), TBADN (9,10-di-(2-naphthyl)-2-t-butyl-anthracene), CBP (4,4'-bis(N-carbazolyl)-1,1'-biphenyl), mCP (1,3-di-9-carbazolylbenzene), TCP (1,3,5-tri(carbazol-9-yl)benzene), or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000018.jpg89160JPEG2025505614000019.jpg74164JPEG2025505614000020.jpg103167JPEG2025505614000021.j pg68165JPEG2025505614000022.jpg104168JPEG2025505614000023.jpg77166JPEG2025505614000024.jpg105163JPEG20255056140 00025.jpg99163JPEG2025505614000026.jpg58163JPEG2025505614000027.jpg110166JPEG2025505614000028.jpg110163JPEG202 5505614000029.jpg79163JPEG2025505614000030.jpg113165JPEG2025505614000031.jpg105163JPEG2025505614000032.jpg82170

[0094] In one or more embodiments, the phosphorescent dopant may include at least one transition metal as a central metal.

[0095] The phosphorescent dopant may include monodentate ligands, bidentate ligands, tridentate ligands, tetradentate ligands, pentadentate ligands, hexadentate ligands, or any combination thereof.

[0096] The phosphorescent dopant may be electrically neutral.

[0097] For example, the phosphorescent dopant may include an organometallic compound represented by formula 401:

[0098] [Chemical formula 401] M(L 401 ) xc1 (L 402 ) xc2

[0099] [Chemical formula 402] JPEG2025505614000033.jpg6368

[0100] In the above chemical formulas 401 and 402, M is a transition metal (e.g., iridium (Ir), platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), osmium (Os), titanium (Ti), gold (Au), hafnium (Hf), europium (Eu), terbium (Tb), rhodium (Rh), rhenium (Re), or thulium (Tm)); L 401 is a ligand represented by the above chemical formula 402, xc1 is 1, 2 or 3, and when xc1 is 2 or more, 2 or more L 401 may be the same or different, L 402 is an organic ligand, xc2 is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4, and when xc2 is 2 or more, 2 or more L 402 may be the same or different, X 401 and X 402 are, independently of each other, nitrogen or carbon; Ring A 401 and Ring A 402 are independent of each other, C 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group or C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, T 401is a single bond, *-O-*', *-S-*', *-C(=O)-*', *-N(Q 411 )-*', *-C(Q 411 )(Q 412 )-*', *-C(Q 411 )=C(Q 412 )-*', *-C(Q 411 )=*' or *=C(Q 411 )=*', X 403 and X 404 are, independently of each other, a chemical bond (e.g., a covalent or coordinate bond), O, S, N(Q 413 ), B(Q 413 ), P(Q 413 ), C(Q 413 )(Q 414 ), or Si(Q 413 )(Q 414 ) and Q 411 ~Q 414 The explanations regarding the above are given in the Q section of this specification. 1 Refer to the explanation regarding R 401 and R 402 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 Alkyl group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 20 Alkoxy group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic group, -Si(Q 401 )(Q 402 )(Q 403 ), -N(Q 401 )(Q 402 ), -B(Q 401 )(Q 402 ), -C(=O)(Q 401 ), -S(=O)2 (Q 401 ), or -P(=O)(Q 401 )(Q 402 ) and Q 401 ~Q 403 The explanations regarding the above are given in the Q section of this specification. 1 Refer to the explanation regarding xc11 and xc12 are each independently an integer of 0 to 10; In said chemical formula 402, * and *' are binding sites with M in said chemical formula 401, respectively.

[0101] For example, in the above formula 402, i) X 401 is nitrogen and X 402 is carbon, or ii) X 401 and X 402 are both nitrogen.

[0102] In one or more embodiments, in formula 402, when xc1 is 2 or more, 2 or more L 401 In the two rings A 401 is optionally a linking group, T 402 or two rings A 402 is optionally a linking group, T 403 (See compounds PD1 to PD4 and PD7 below.) 402 and T 403 The explanations regarding the above are given in the T 401 Please refer to the explanation related to.

[0103] In the above formula 401, L 402 can be any organic ligand. For example, 402 may include a halogen group, a diketone group (e.g., an acetylacetonate group), a carboxylic acid group (e.g., a picolinate group), -C(=O), an isonitrile group, a -CN group, a phosphorous group (e.g., a phosphine group, a phosphite group, etc.), or any combination thereof.

[0104] The phosphorescent dopant may include, for example, one of the following compounds PD1 to PD39, or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000034.jpg67163JPEG2025505614000035.jpg68163JPEG2025505614000036.jpg38161J PEG2025505614000037.jpg108153JPEG2025505614000038.jpg109155JPEG2025505614000039.jpg59100

[0105] The fluorescent dopant may include an amine group-containing compound, a styryl group-containing compound, or any combination thereof.

[0106] For example, the fluorescent dopant may include a compound represented by the following formula 501:

[0107] [Chemical formula 501] JPEG2025505614000040.jpg3590

[0108] In the above formula 501, Ar 501 , L 501 ~L 503 , R 501 and R 502 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, xd1 to xd3 are each independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; xd4 is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.

[0109] For example, in the formula 501, Ar 501may contain a fused ring group in which three or more monocyclic groups are fused together (eg, anthracene group, chrysene group, pyrene group, etc.).

[0110] As another example, in formula 501, xd4 is 2.

[0111] For example, the fluorescent dopant may include one of the following compounds FD1-FD36, DPVBi, DPAVBi, or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000041.jpg112166JPEG2025505614000042.jpg91164JPEG2025505614000043.jpg97164JPEG2025505614 000044.jpg94166JPEG2025505614000045.jpg92166JPEG2025505614000046.jpg41163JPEG2025505614000047.jpg36152

[0112] The light-emitting layer B contains a delayed fluorescent material.

[0113] In the present specification, the delayed fluorescent substance may be selected from any compound capable of emitting delayed fluorescence through a delayed fluorescence emission mechanism.

[0114] The delayed fluorescent material included in the light emitting layer B may act as a host or a dopant depending on the type of other material included in the light emitting layer.

[0115] According to one embodiment, the difference between the triplet energy level (eV) of the delayed fluorescent material and the singlet energy level (eV) of the delayed fluorescent material is 0 eV or more and 0.5 eV or less. When the difference between the triplet energy level (eV) of the delayed fluorescent material and the singlet energy level (eV) of the delayed fluorescent material satisfies the above-mentioned range, reverse energy transfer (up-conversion) from the triplet state to the singlet state in the delayed fluorescent material is effectively performed, and the luminous efficiency of the light-emitting device can be improved.

[0116] For example, the delayed fluorescent material may have at least one electron donor (e.g., a π-electron-rich C 3 -C 60 ring group, etc.), and at least one electron acceptor (e.g., sulfoxide group, cyano group, π-electron deficient nitrogen-containing C 1 -C 60 ii) substances containing two or more ring groups condensed while sharing boron (B), 8 -C 60 It may also contain substances containing polycyclic groups.

[0117] Examples of the delayed fluorescent material may include at least one of the following compounds DF1 to DF14: JPEG2025505614000048.jpg101170JPEG2025505614000049.jpg39170JPEG2025505614000050.jpg78170JPEG2025505614000051.jpg36170

[0118] The light-emitting layer B includes quantum dots.

[0119] As used herein, quantum dots refer to crystals of semiconductor compounds and may include any material capable of emitting light of various emission wavelengths depending on the size of the crystals.

[0120] The quantum dots have a diameter of, for example, about 1 nm to 10 nm.

[0121] The quantum dots may also be synthesized by wet chemical processes, metalorganic chemical vapor deposition processes, molecular beam epitaxy processes, or the like.

[0122] The wet chemical process is a method of growing quantum dot particle crystals after mixing an organic solvent with a precursor material. When the crystals grow, the organic solvent naturally acts as a dispersant coordinated to the surface of the quantum dot crystals and controls the growth of the crystals, so the growth of the quantum dot particles can be controlled through a process that is easier and less expensive than gas phase deposition methods such as metal organic chemical vapor deposition (MOCVD) and molecular beam epitaxy (MBE).

[0123] The quantum dots may comprise a II-VI semiconductor compound; a III-V semiconductor compound; a III-VI semiconductor compound; a I-III-VI semiconductor compound; a IV-VI semiconductor compound; a Group IV element or compound; or any combination thereof.

[0124] Examples of the II-VI semiconductor compounds may include binary compounds such as CdS, CdSe, CdTe, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, ZnO, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, MgSe, MgS; ternary compounds such as CdSeS, CdSeTe, CdSTe, ZnSeS, ZnSeTe, ZnSTe, HgSeS, HgSeTe, HgSTe, CdZnS, CdZnSe, CdZnTe, CdHgS, CdHgSe, CdHgTe, HgZnS, HgZnSe, HgZnTe, MgZnSe, MgZnS; quaternary compounds such as CdZnSeS, CdZnSeTe, CdZnSTe, CdHgSeS, CdHgSeTe, CdHgSTe, HgZnSeS, HgZnSeTe, HgZnSTe, or any combination thereof.

[0125] Examples of the III-V semiconductor compounds may include binary compounds such as GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, etc.; ternary compounds such as GaNP, GaNAs, GaNSb, GaPAs, GaPSb, AlNP, AlNAs, AlNSb, AlPAs, AlPSb, InGaP, InNP, InAlP, InNAs, InNSb, InPAs, InPSb, etc.; quaternary compounds such as GaAlNP, GaAlNAs, GaAlNSb, GaAlPAs, GaAlPSb, GaInNP, GaInNAs, GaInNSb, GaInPAs, GaInPSb, InAlNP, InAlNAs, InAlNSb, InAlPAs, InAlPSb, etc.; or any combination thereof. Meanwhile, the III-V semiconductor compounds may further include a group II element. Examples of III-V semiconductor compounds further containing Group II elements may include InZnP, InGaZnP, InAlZnP, and the like.

[0126] Examples of the III-VI group semiconductor compounds are GaS, GaSe, Ga 2 Se 3 , GaTe, InS, InSe, In 2 S 3 , In 2 Se 3 , InTe and other binary compounds; InGaS 3 , InGaSe 3 or any combination thereof.

[0127] Examples of the I-III-VI group semiconductor compounds include AgInS, AgInS 2 , CuInS, CuInS 2 ,CuGaO 2 , AgGaO 2 , AgAlO 2 or any combination thereof.

[0128] Examples of the IV-VI semiconductor compounds may include binary compounds such as SnS, SnSe, SnTe, PbS, PbSe, PbTe; ternary compounds such as SnSeS, SnSeTe, SnSTe, PbSeS, PbSeTe, PbSTe, SnPbS, SnPbSe, SnPbTe; quaternary compounds such as SnPbSSe, SnPbSeTe, SnPbSTe; or any combination thereof.

[0129] The Group IV elements or compounds may include single element compounds such as Si, Ge; binary compounds such as SiC, SiGe; or any combination thereof.

[0130] Each element contained in the multi-element compounds, such as the binary, ternary and quaternary compounds, may be present in the particles at a uniform or non-uniform concentration.

[0131] Meanwhile, the quantum dots may have a single structure in which the concentration of each element contained in the quantum dot is uniform, or a core-shell double structure, in which, for example, the material contained in the core and the material contained in the shell are different from each other.

[0132] The shell of the quantum dot may act as a protective layer to prevent chemical denaturation of the core and maintain the semiconductor properties, and / or as a charging layer to impart electrophoretic properties to the quantum dot. The shell may be a single layer or multiple layers. The interface between the core and the shell may have a concentration gradient in which the concentration of elements present in the shell decreases toward the center.

[0133] Examples of the shell of the quantum dot include oxides of metals, semimetals or nonmetals, semiconductor compounds, or combinations thereof. Examples of the oxides of metals, semimetals or nonmetals include SiO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , TiO 2 , ZnO, MnO, Mn 2 O3 , Mn 3 O 4 , CuO, FeO, Fe 2 O 3 , Fe 3 O 4 , CoO, Co 3 O 4 , NiO, and other binary compounds; MgAl 2 O 4 , CoFe 2 O 4 , NiFe 2 O 4 , CoMn 2 O 4 Examples of the semiconductor compounds may include II-VI semiconductor compounds, III-V semiconductor compounds, III-VI semiconductor compounds, I-III-VI semiconductor compounds, IV-VI semiconductor compounds, or any combination thereof, as described herein. For example, the semiconductor compounds may include CdS, CdSe, CdTe, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, ZnSeS, ZnTeS, GaAs, GaP, GaSb, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, InAs, InP, InGaP, InSb, AlAs, AlP, AlSb, or any combination thereof.

[0134] The quantum dots may have a full width of half maximum (FWHM) of the emission wavelength spectrum of about 45 nm or less, specifically about 40 nm or less, more specifically about 30 nm or less, and within this range, color purity and color reproducibility may be improved. In addition, the light emitted through the quantum dots is emitted in all directions, and the light viewing angle may be improved.

[0135] The quantum dots may be in the form of spherical, pyramidal, multi-arm or cubic nanoparticles, nanotubes, nanowires, nanofibers, nanoplatelets or the like.

[0136] By adjusting the size of the quantum dots, the energy band gap can be adjusted, and light of various wavelengths can be obtained from the quantum dot light emitting layer. Therefore, by using quantum dots of different sizes, a light emitting device that emits light of various wavelengths can be realized. Specifically, the size of the quantum dots can be selected to emit red light, green light, and / or blue light. In addition, the size of the quantum dots can be configured to combine lights of various colors to emit white light.

[0137] The electron transport region can have i) a monolayer structure consisting of a single layer of a single material, ii) a monolayer structure consisting of a single layer containing multiple different materials, or iii) a multilayer structure including multiple layers containing multiple different materials.

[0138] The electron transport region may include a buffer layer, a hole blocking layer, an electron modulating layer, an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, or any combination thereof.

[0139] For example, the electron transport region may have a structure such as an electron transport layer / electron injection layer, a hole blocking layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer, an electron control layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer, or a buffer layer / electron transport layer / electron injection layer, which are stacked in this order from the light emitting layer.

[0140] In one embodiment, the electron transport region (e.g., a buffer layer, a hole blocking layer, an electron modulating layer, or an electron transport layer in the electron transport region) comprises at least one π-electron deficient nitrogen-containing C 1 -C 60 Metal-free compounds containing cyclic groups may also be included.

[0141] For example, the electron transport region may include a compound represented by formula 601 below.

[0142] [Chemical formula 601] [Ar 601 ] xe11 -[(L 601 ) xe1-R 601 ] xe21

[0143] In the above formula 601, Ar 601 and L 601 are, independently of each other, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 is a heterocyclic group, xe11 is 1, 2 or 3, xe1 is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, R 601 At least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 60 Carbocyclic group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 Heterocyclic group, -Si(Q 601 )(Q 602 )(Q 603 ), -C(=O)(Q 601 ), -S(=O) 2 (Q 601 ), or -P(=O)(Q 601 )(Q 602 ) and Q 601 ~Q 603 The explanations regarding the above are given in the Q section of this specification. 1 Refer to the explanation regarding xe21 is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, The Ar 601 , L 601 and R 601 At least one of the 10a Substituted or unsubstituted π-electron deficient nitrogen-containing C 1 -C 60 It may be a cyclic group.

[0144] For example, in the above formula 601, when xe11 is 2 or more, 2 or more Ar 601 can be linked to each other via a single bond.

[0145] In another embodiment, in formula 601, Ar 601 may be a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene group.

[0146] In another embodiment, the electron transport region may include a compound represented by formula 601-1:

[0147] [Chemical formula 601-1] JPEG2025505614000052.jpg3599

[0148] In the above chemical formula 601-1, X 614 is N or C(R 614 ), and X 615 is N or C(R 615 ), and X 616 is N or C(R 616 ), and X 614 ~X 616 At least one of is N, L 611 ~L 613 The explanations regarding the above are given in L 601 Refer to the explanation regarding For the explanation of xe611 to xe613, please refer to the explanation of xe1. R 611 ~R 613 For the explanation of 601 Refer to the explanation regarding R 614 ~R 616 are each independently hydrogen, deuterium, -F, -Cl, -Br, -I, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, C 1 -C 20 Alkyl group, C 1 -C 20 Alkoxy group, at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 3-C 60 A carbocyclic group or at least one R 10a Substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 60 It may be a heterocyclic group.

[0149] For example, in the chemical formulae 601 and 601-1, xe1 and xe611 to xe613 are each independently 0, 1 or 2.

[0150] The electron transport region may be one of the following compounds ET1 to ET45, BCP (2,9-dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline), Bphen (4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline), Alq 3 , BAlq, TAZ, NTAZ, or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000053.jpg93161JPEG2025505614000054.jpg102161JPEG2025505614000055.jpg91163JPEG2025505614 000056.jpg87159JPEG2025505614000057.jpg88163JPEG2025505614000058.jpg69162JPEG2025505614000059.jpg33165

[0151] The thickness of the electron transport region is about 100 Å to about 5000 Å, for example, about 160 Å to about 4000 Å. When the electron transport region includes a buffer layer, a hole blocking layer, an electron adjusting layer, an electron transport layer, or any combination thereof, the thickness of the buffer layer, the hole blocking layer, or the electron adjusting layer is, independently of one another, about 20 Å to about 1000 Å, for example, about 30 Å to about 300 Å, and the thickness of the electron transport layer is about 100 Å to about 1000 Å, for example, about 150 Å to about 500 Å. When the thickness of the buffer layer, the hole blocking layer, the electron adjusting layer, the electron transport layer, and / or the electron transport region satisfies the above-mentioned range, satisfactory electron transport properties can be obtained without a substantial increase in driving voltage.

[0152] The electron transport region (eg, the electron transport layer in the electron transport region) may further include a metal-containing material in addition to the materials described above.

[0153] The metal-containing material may include an alkali metal complex, an alkaline earth metal complex, or any combination thereof. The metal ion of the alkali metal complex is Li ion, Na ion, K ion, Rb ion, or Cs ion, and the metal ion of the alkaline earth metal complex is Be ion, Mg ion, Ca ion, Sr ion, or Ba ion. The ligands coordinated to the metal ions of the alkali metal complex and the alkaline earth metal complex may each independently include hydroxyquinoline, hydroxyisoquinoline, hydroxybenzoquinoline, hydroxyacridine, hydroxyphenanthridine, hydroxyphenyloxazole, hydroxyphenylthiazole, hydroxyphenyloxadiazole, hydroxyphenylthiadiazole, hydroxyphenylpyridine, hydroxyphenylbenzimidazole, hydroxyphenylbenzothiazole, bipyridine, phenanthroline, cyclopentadiene, or any combination thereof.

[0154] For example, the metal-containing material may include a Li complex. The Li complex may include, for example, the following compounds ET-D1 (LiQ) or ET-D2: JPEG2025505614000060.jpg4660

[0155] The electron transport region may include an electron injection layer that facilitates electron injection from the cathode layer C. The electron injection layer may be in direct contact with the cathode layer C.

[0156] The electron injection layer may have i) a single layer structure consisting of a single layer made of a single material, ii) a single layer structure consisting of a single layer containing a plurality of different materials, or iii) a multilayer structure having a plurality of layers containing a plurality of different materials.

[0157] The electron injection layer may contain an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a rare earth metal, an alkali metal-containing compound, an alkaline earth metal-containing compound, a rare earth metal-containing compound, an alkali metal complex, an alkaline earth metal complex, a rare earth metal complex, or any combination thereof.

[0158] The alkali metal may include Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, or any combination thereof. The alkaline earth metal may include Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, or any combination thereof. The rare earth metal may include Sc, Y, Ce, Tb, Yb, Gd, or any combination thereof.

[0159] The alkali metal-containing compound, the alkaline earth metal-containing compound, and the rare earth metal-containing compound may each include an oxide, a halide (e.g., fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, etc.), a telluride, or any combination thereof of the alkali metal, the alkaline earth metal, and the rare earth metal.

[0160] The alkali metal-containing compound is Li 2 O, Cs 2 O, K 2 O such as alkali metal oxides; alkali metal halides such as LiF, NaF, CsF, KF, LiI, NaI, CsI, KI; or any combination thereof. The alkaline earth metal-containing compound may include alkaline earth metal compounds such as BaO, SrO, CaO, Ba x Sr 1-x O (x is a real number satisfying 0 < x < 1), Ba x Ca 1-x O (x is a real number satisfying 0 < x < 1), etc. The rare earth metal-containing compound is YbF 3 , ScF 3 , Sc 2 O 3 , Y 2 O 3 , Ce 2 O 3 , GdF 3 , TbF 3 , YbI 3 , ScI3 , TbI 3 or any combination thereof. Alternatively, the rare earth metal-containing compound may include a lanthanide metal telluride. Examples of the lanthanide metal tellurides include LaTe, CeTe, PrTe, NdTe, PmTe, SmTe, EuTe, GdTe, TbTe, DyTe, HoTe, ErTe, TmTe, YbTe, LuTe, La 2 Te 3 , Ce 2 Te 3 ,Pr 2 Te 3 , Nd 2 Te 3 , Pm 2 Te 3 , Sm 2 Te 3 ,EU 2 Te 3 , Gd 2 Te 3 , Tb 2 Te 3 , Dy 2 Te 3 , Ho 2 Te 3 , Er 2 Te 3 , Tm 2 Te 3 , Yb 2 Te 3 , Lu 2 Te 3 etc. may be included.

[0161] The alkali metal complex, the alkaline earth metal complex, and the rare earth metal complex may include i) one of an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, and a rare earth metal ion as described above, and ii) a ligand bonded to the metal ion, such as, for example, hydroxyquinoline, hydroxyisoquinoline, hydroxybenzoquinoline, hydroxyacridine, hydroxyphenanthridine, hydroxyphenyloxazole, hydroxyphenylthiazole, hydroxyphenyloxadiazole, hydroxyphenylthiadiazole, hydroxyphenylpyridine, hydroxyphenylbenzimidazole, hydroxyphenylbenzothiazole, bipyridine, phenanthroline, cyclopentadiene, or any combination thereof.

[0162] The electron injection layer may consist solely of an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a rare earth metal, an alkali metal-containing compound, an alkaline earth metal-containing compound, a rare earth metal-containing compound, an alkali metal complex, an alkaline earth metal complex, a rare earth metal complex, or any combination thereof, as described above, or may further contain an organic material (e.g., a compound represented by chemical formula 601).

[0163] In one or more embodiments, the electron injection layer is comprised of i) an alkali metal-containing compound (e.g., an alkali metal halide) or ii) a) an alkali metal-containing compound (e.g., an alkali metal halide); and b) an alkali metal, an alkaline earth metal, a rare earth metal, or any combination thereof. For example, the electron injection layer is a co-deposited KI:Yb layer, a co-deposited RbI:Yb layer, etc.

[0164] When the electron injection layer further comprises an organic material, the alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, rare earth metal, alkali metal-containing compound, alkaline earth metal-containing compound, rare earth metal-containing compound, alkali metal complex, alkaline earth metal complex, rare earth metal complex, or any combination thereof is uniformly or non-uniformly dispersed in a matrix comprising the organic material.

[0165] The thickness of the electron injection layer is about 1 Å to about 100 Å, or about 3 Å to about 90 Å. When the thickness of the electron injection layer satisfies the above-mentioned range, satisfactory electron injection characteristics can be obtained without a substantial increase in driving voltage.

[0166] In one embodiment, any electron transporter is used in the electron transport layer. For example, electron-deficient compounds such as benzimidazoles, pyridines, triazoles, oxadiazoles (e.g., 1,3,4-oxadiazole), phosphine oxides, and sulfones can be used. The electron transporter (i.e., electron transport material) can also be a star-shaped heterocycle such as 1,3,5-tri(1-phenyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)phenyl (TPBi). The electron transporter can be, for example, 2,9-bis(naphthalen-2-yl)-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (NBphen), aluminum-tris(8-hydroxyquinoline) (Alq 3 ), diphenyl-4-triphenylsilylphenyl-phosphine oxide (TSPO1), 2,7-di(2,2'-bipyridin-5-yl)triphenyl (BPyTP2), dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-yltriphenylsilane (Sif87), dibenzo[b,d]thiophen-2-yl)diphenylsilane (Sif88), 1,3-bis[3,5-di(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl]benzene (BmPyPhB) and / or 4,4'-bis-[2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazinyl)]-1,1'-biphenyl (BTB). Optionally, the electron transport layer is also doped with a material such as 8-hydroxyquinolinolatolithium (Liq). Optionally, a second electron transport layer may be located between the electron transport layer and the cathode layer C. The electron transport layer (ETL) can also block holes, or a hole blocking layer (HBL) is introduced.

[0167] HBL is, for example, HBM1: JPEG2025505614000061.jpg331702,9-Dimethyl-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline = bathocuproine (BCP), bis(8-hydroxy-2-methylquinoline)-(4-phenylphenoxy)aluminum (BAlq), 2,9-bis(naphthalen-2-yl)-4,7-diphenyl-1,10-phenanthroline (NBphen), aluminum-tris(8-hydroxyquinoline) (Alq 3 ), diphenyl-4-triphenylsilylphenyl-phosphine oxide (TSPO1), 2,4,6-tris(biphenyl-3-yl)-1,3,5-triazine (T2T), 2,4,6-tris(triphenyl-3-yl)-1,3,5-triazine (T3T), 2,4,6-tris(9,9'-spirobifluoren-2-yl)-1,3,5-triazine (TST), 2,4-diphenyl-6-(3'-triphenylsilylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine (DTST), 2,8-bis(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazinyl)dibenzofuran (DTDBF), and / or 1,3,5-tris(N-carbazolyl)benzol / 1,3,5-tris(carbazol-9-yl)benzene (TCB / TCP).

[0168] Adjacent to the electron transport layer (ETL) may be a cathode layer C. The cathode layer C may, for example, comprise or consist of a metal (e.g. Al, Au, Ag, Pt, Cu, Zn, Ni, Fe, Pb, LiF, Ca, Ba, Mg, In, W or Pd) or a metal alloy. For practical reasons, the cathode layer C may also consist of an (essentially) opaque metal such as Mg, Ca or Al. Alternatively or additionally, the cathode layer C may also comprise graphite and / or carbon nanotubes (CNTs). Alternatively, the cathode layer C may also consist of nanoscale silver wires.

[0169] In one embodiment, a cathode layer C may be disposed on the intermediate layer having the above-described structure. The cathode layer C also serves as a cathode, which is an electron injection electrode. In this case, the material for the cathode layer C may be a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, or any combination thereof, each having a low work function.

[0170] The cathode layer C may include lithium (Li), silver (Ag), magnesium (Mg), aluminum (Al), aluminum-lithium (Al-Li), calcium (Ca), magnesium-indium (Mg-In), magnesium-silver (Mg-Ag), ytterbium (Yb), silver-ytterbium (Ag-Yb), ITO, IZO, or any combination thereof. The cathode layer C is a transmissive electrode, a semi-transmissive electrode, or a reflective electrode. The cathode layer C may have a single-layer structure, which is a single layer, or a multi-layer structure having multiple layers.

[0171] The cathode layer C can have a single-layer structure, which is a single layer, or a multi-layer structure having multiple layers.

[0172] A first capping layer may be disposed on the outer side of the anode layer A, and / or a second capping layer may be disposed on the outer side of the cathode layer C. Specifically, the organic electroluminescence device may have a structure in which a first capping layer, an anode layer A, an intermediate layer, and a cathode layer C are stacked in this order, a structure in which an anode layer A, an intermediate layer, a cathode layer C, and a second capping layer are stacked in this order, or a structure in which a first capping layer, an anode layer A, an intermediate layer, a cathode layer C, and a second capping layer are stacked in this order.

[0173] In the intermediate layer of the organic electroluminescence element, light generated from the light-emitting layer can be extracted to the outside through the anode layer A, which is a semi-transmissive electrode or a transmissive electrode, and the first capping layer, and in the intermediate layer of the organic electroluminescence element, light generated from the light-emitting layer can be extracted to the outside through the cathode layer C, which is a semi-transmissive electrode or a transmissive electrode, and the second capping layer.

[0174] The first and second capping layers may improve external light emitting efficiency due to the principle of constructive interference, thereby increasing the light extraction efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device and improving the light emitting efficiency of the organic electroluminescence device.

[0175] Each of the first capping layer and the second capping layer may include a material having a refractive index (at 589 nm) of 1.6 or greater.

[0176] The first capping layer and the second capping layer are each independently an organic capping layer containing an organic material, an inorganic capping layer containing an inorganic material, or an organic-inorganic composite capping layer containing an organic material and an inorganic material.

[0177] At least one of the first capping layer and the second capping layer may, independently of one another, comprise a carbocyclic compound, a heterocyclic compound, an amine group-containing compound, a porphine derivative, a phthalocyanine derivative, a naphthalocyanine derivative, an alkali metal complex, an alkaline earth metal complex, or any combination thereof. The carbocyclic compound, the heterocyclic compound, and the amine group-containing compound are optionally substituted with a substituent group including O, N, S, Se, Si, F, Cl, Br, I, or any combination thereof. In one or more embodiments, at least one of the first capping layer and the second capping layer may, independently of one another, comprise an amine group-containing compound.

[0178] For example, at least one of the first capping layer and the second capping layer may, independently of one another, comprise a compound represented by formula 201, a compound represented by formula 202, or any combination thereof.

[0179] In one or more embodiments, at least one of the first capping layer and the second capping layer may comprise, independently of one of the compounds HT28-HT33, one of the compounds CP1-CP6 below, β-NPB, or any combination thereof: JPEG2025505614000062.jpg95161JPEG2025505614000063.jpg48114

[0180] In one embodiment, the organic electroluminescent device comprises at least the following layers: A) an anode layer A comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, PbO, SnO, graphite, doped silicon, doped germanium, doped GaAs, doped polyaniline, doped polypyrrole, doped polythiophene, and mixtures of two or more thereof; HTL) a hole transport layer HTL according to the present invention as described herein, EXL) an exciton management layer EXL according to the present invention as described herein; B) at least one light-emitting layer B according to the present invention as described herein, and C) a cathode layer C comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of Al, Au, Ag, Pt, Cu, Zn, Ni, Fe, Pb, In, W, Pd, LiF, Ca, Ba, Mg, and mixtures or alloys of two or more thereof; Here, the layer order is A-HTL-EXL-BC.

[0181] In a preferred embodiment, the organic electroluminescent device is an OLED comprising the following layer structure: A) an anode layer A, for example comprising indium tin oxide (ITO); HTL) a hole transport layer HTL according to the present invention as described herein, EXL) an exciton management layer EXL according to the present invention as described herein; B) at least one light-emitting layer B according to the present invention as described herein; ETL) electron transport layer ETL, and C) a cathode layer comprising, for example, Al, Ca and / or Mg; Preferably, the layer order is A-HTL-EXL-B-ETL-C.

[0182] In one embodiment, the organic electroluminescent device comprises at least the following layers: A) an anode layer A comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, PbO, SnO, graphite, doped silicon, doped germanium, doped GaAs, doped polyaniline, doped polypyrrole, doped polythiophene, and mixtures of two or more thereof; HTL) a hole transport layer HTL according to the present invention as described herein, B1) a light-emitting layer B1 according to the present invention as described herein, EXL) an exciton management layer EXL according to the present invention as described herein; B2) a light-emitting layer B2 according to the present invention as described herein, and C) a cathode layer C comprising at least one component selected from the group consisting of Al, Au, Ag, Pt, Cu, Zn, Ni, Fe, Pb, In, W, Pd, LiF, Ca, Ba, Mg, and mixtures or alloys of two or more thereof; Here, the layer order is A-HTL-B1-EXL-B2-C.

[0183] In a preferred embodiment, the organic electroluminescent device is an OLED comprising the following layer structure: A) an anode layer A, for example comprising indium tin oxide (ITO); HTL) a hole transport layer HTL according to the present invention as described herein, B1) at least one light-emitting layer B1 according to the present invention as described herein, EXL) an exciton management layer EXL according to the present invention as described herein; B2) at least one light-emitting layer B2 according to the present invention as described herein, ETL) electron transport layer ETL, and C) a cathode layer comprising, for example, Al, Ca and / or Mg; Preferably, the layer order is A-HTL-B1-EXL-B2-ETL-C.

[0184] The organic electroluminescent device may also optionally include one or more protective layers to protect the device from damaging exposure to harmful substances in the environment including, for example, moisture, vapors and / or gases.

[0185] The electroluminescent device (e.g., OLED) may optionally further include a protective layer (also referred to as an electron injection layer (EIL)) between the electron transport layer (ETL) D and the cathode layer C. The layer may be any of a variety of materials, including lithium fluoride, cesium fluoride, silver, 8-hydroxyquinolinolatolithium (Liq), Li 2 O, BaF 2 , MgO and / or NaF.

[0186] Unless otherwise specified, any layer, including any sublayer, of the various embodiments is deposited by any suitable method. Layers in the context of the present invention, including at least one emissive layer B (consisting of a single (sub)layer or including one or more sublayers) and / or one or more sublayers thereof, are optionally produced via liquid processing (also called "film processing", "fluid processing", "solution processing" or "solvent processing"). This means that the components contained in each layer are applied to the surface of some part of the device in a liquid state. Preferably, layers in the context of the present invention, including at least one emissive layer B and / or one or more sublayers thereof, are produced by spin-coating. By such methods, which are well known to those skilled in the art, thin and (essentially) uniform layers and / or sublayers can be obtained.

[0187] Alternatively, layers in the context of the present invention, including at least one emissive layer B and / or one or more of its sublayers, can also be produced by other methods based on liquid processing, such as casting (e.g. drop casting), rolling methods and printing methods (e.g. inkjet printing, gravure printing, blade coating), optionally performed in an inert atmosphere (e.g. nitrogen atmosphere).

[0188] In other preferred embodiments, the layers in the context of the present invention, including at least one emissive layer B and / or one or more sublayers thereof, are also produced by any other method known in the art, including but not limited to vacuum processing methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, deposition by thermal (co)evaporation, organic vapor phase deposition (OVPD) and organic vapor jet printing (OVJP).

[0189] One of the interesting objectives of organic electroluminescent devices is the fabrication of organic electroluminescent devices through vacuum deposition.

[0190] Thus, a further aspect of the present invention relates to a method for the preparation of an organic electroluminescent device, comprising the steps of: (i) evaporating at least one layer of a light-emitting layer B via vacuum deposition; (ii) evaporating an exciton management layer EXL via vacuum deposition; and optionally Here, step (i) may be performed before or after step (ii).

[0191] That is, steps (i) and (ii) are performed sequentially with respect to each other, and the order of steps (i) and (ii) can be reversed.

[0192] Thus, a further aspect of the present invention relates to a method for the preparation of an organic electroluminescent device, comprising the steps of: (i) evaporating a light-emitting layer B1 through vacuum deposition; (ii) evaporating an exciton management layer EXL via vacuum deposition; (iii) evaporating the light-emitting layer B2 via vacuum deposition; Here, steps (i), (ii) and (iii) may be performed in any order.

[0193] That is, steps (i), (ii) and (iii) are performed sequentially with respect to each other, and the order of steps (i), (ii) and (iii) can be reversed.

[0194] In a preferred embodiment, an organic electroluminescent device is produced in which at least one emitting layer B is evaporated through vacuum deposition, and then an exciton management layer EXL is evaporated through vacuum deposition. The exciton management layer EXL is evaporated through vacuum deposition on top of the emitting layer B. That is, the exciton management layer EXL is in direct contact with the emitting layer B. It is therefore directly adjacent.

[0195] In a preferred embodiment, an organic electroluminescent device is produced, in which the emitting layer B1 or B2 is evaporated through vacuum deposition, and then the exciton management layer EXL is evaporated through vacuum deposition. The exciton management layer EXL is evaporated through vacuum deposition on top of the emitting layer B1 or B2. That is, the exciton management layer EXL is in direct contact with the emitting layers B1 and B2. Therefore, it is directly adjacent to them.

[0196] When the layer, including its one or more sublayers, is produced by liquid processing, the components of the (sub)layer (i.e., for the light-emitting layer B of the present invention, one or more TADF materials E B , optionally one or more excitation energy transfer components EET-2, one or more small FWHM emitters S B and optionally one or more host materials H BThe solution containing the volatile organic solvent may further contain a volatile organic solvent. Such a volatile organic solvent is optionally one selected from the group consisting of tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, chlorobenzene, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethanol, γ-butyrolactone, N-methylpyrrolidinone, ethoxyethanol, xylene, toluene, anisole, phenetole, acetonitrile, tetrahydrothiophene, benzonitrile, pyridine, trihydrofuran, triarylamine, cyclohexanone, acetone, propylene carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzene, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate (PGMEA). Also, a combination of two or more solvents may be used. After being applied in the liquid state, the layer is then dried and / or cured by any means in the art, for example, at atmospheric conditions, at increased temperature (e.g., about 50° C. or about 60° C.), or at reduced pressure.

[0197] The organic electroluminescence element can be formed into a thin film having a total thickness of 5 mm or less, 2 mm or less, 1 mm or less, 0.5 mm or less, 0.25 mm or less, 100 μm or less, or 10 μm or less.

[0198] Organic electroluminescent devices (e.g., OLEDs) are small (e.g., 5 mm 2 Less than or equal to 1 mm 2 having a surface area of ​​0.5 cm or less), medium-sized (e.g., 2 ~20cm 2 range), or large (e.g., 20 cm 2The organic electroluminescent device (e.g., OLED) according to the present invention can be used to make a screen as a large-area lighting device, luminous wallpaper, luminous window frame or glass, luminous label, luminous poser, or flexible screen or display. Next to the general use, the organic electroluminescent device (e.g., OLED) can also be used as, for example, a luminous film, a "smart packaging" label, or an innovative design element. It can also be used for cell detection and inspection (e.g., as biolabeling).

[0199] The organic electroluminescent devices may also be used as flat panel displays, curved displays, computer monitors, medical monitors, televisions, billboards, indoor or outdoor lighting and / or signaling lights, heads-up displays, fully or partially transparent displays, flexible displays, rollable displays, foldable displays, stretchable displays, laser printers, telephones, mobile phones, tablets, phablets, personal digital assistants (PDAs), wearable devices, laptop computers, digital cameras, camcorders, viewfinders, microdisplays, 3D displays, virtual reality or augmented reality displays, vehicles, video walls including tiled multiple displays, theater or stadium screens, phototherapy devices, or signage.

[0200] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL has a thickness of less than 15 nm.

[0201] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL has a thickness of less than 10 nm.

[0202] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL has a thickness of 5 nm or less.

[0203] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL has a thickness of less than 5 nm.

[0204] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL is thinner than the light-emitting layer B. In one embodiment, if more than one light-emitting layer B is present, the exciton management layer EXL is thinner than the combined thickness of the light-emitting layers B.

[0205] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL is thinner than the sum of the thicknesses of the emissive layers B1 and B2.

[0206] Light-emitting layer B containing TTA material and small FWHM emitter According to the present invention, the light-emitting layer B, or the light-emitting layers B1 and B2, comprises a TTA material and an additional emitter, where the additional emitter is a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B which preferably emits light with an emission maximum between 440 and 480 nm and a full width at half maximum (FWHM) of 0.25 eV or less.

[0207] TTA material H TTA As known to those skilled in the art, triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) materials are compounds that are capable of catalyzing the formation of a host material, e.g., a host material H B The TTA material also allows triplet-triplet annihilation. Triplet-triplet annihilation can preferably cause photon upconversion. Thus, two, three or more photons can be converted into the TTA material H TTA The lowest excited triplet state (T1 TTA ) to the first excited singlet state S1 TTA In a preferred embodiment, the two photons are TTA From S1 TTA Thus, triplet-triplet annihilation may be the step by which two (or, alternatively, more than two) low frequency photons can be combined into one high frequency photon by multiple energy transfer steps.

[0208] Alternatively, the TTA material may include an absorbing moiety, a sensitizer moiety, and an emitter moiety (or a quenching moiety). In this regard, the emitter moiety may be a polycyclic aromatic moiety, such as benzene, biphenyl, triphenyl, triphenylene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenalene, phenanthrene, fluorene, pyrene, chrysene, perylene, or azulene. In a preferred embodiment, the polycyclic aromatic moiety includes an anthracene moiety or a derivative thereof. The sensitizer moiety and the emitter moiety may be located on two different chemical compounds (i.e., separate chemical entities) or may be two moieties contained in one chemical compound.

[0209] According to the present invention, the TTA material is a material having a lowest excited triplet state (T1 N ) to the first excited singlet state S1 N Generate T1 N It is characterized by having up to twice the energy of

[0210] According to the present invention, a triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) material is a material that is capable of converting an excited triplet state T1 N to the first excited singlet state S1 N Converts energy into

[0211] In one embodiment of the present invention, the TTA material is T1 N From triplet-triplet annihilation, S1 N Generate T1 N The energy of the compound is 1.01 to 2 times, 1.1 to 1.9 times, 1.2 to 1.5 times, 1.4 to 1.6 times, or 1.5 to 2 times the energy of the compound.

[0212] In this specification, the terms "TTA material" and "TTA compound" may be understood interchangeably.

[0213] Exemplary "TTA materials" can be found in the prior art in connection with blue fluorescent OLEDs, as described by Kondakov (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society A: Mathematical, Physical and Engineering Sciences, 2015, 373: 20140321), which use aromatic hydrocarbons, such as anthracene derivatives, as the host of the EML.

[0214] In a preferred embodiment, the TTA material allows for sensitized triplet-triplet annihilation. Optionally, the TTA material may comprise one or more polycyclic aromatic structures. In a preferred embodiment, the TTA material comprises at least one polycyclic aromatic structure and at least one further aromatic moiety.

[0215] In a preferred embodiment, the TTA material H TTA is an anthracene derivative.

[0216] In one embodiment, the TTA material H TTA is an anthracene derivative having the following chemical formula TTA,

[0217] [Chemical formula TTA] JPEG2025505614000064.jpg41170, where Each Ar is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 6 -C 60 Aryl, and C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, Each A 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, deuterium, C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, and C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 1 -C 40 (Hetero)alkyl.

[0218] In one embodiment, the TTA material H TTA is an anthracene derivative of formula TTA, Where: Each Ar is independently selected from the group consisting of: C 6 -C 20 Aryl, C 3-C 20 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 210 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 6 -C 20 Aryl, and C 6 -C 20 Aryl, C 3 -C 20 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 10 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 3 -C 20 Heteroaryl, Each A 1 are independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, deuterium, C 6 -C 20 Aryl, C 3 -C 20 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 10 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 6 -C 20 Aryl, C 6 -C 20 Aryl, C 3 -C 20 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 10 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 3 -C 20 Heteroaryl, and C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl 1 -C 10 (Hetero)alkyl.

[0219] In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, where at least one A 1 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, where at least two A 1 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, where at least three A 1 is hydrogen. In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, where all A 1 is hydrogen.

[0220] In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, where one Ar is a residue selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, triphenylenyl, dibenzoanthracenyl, fluorenyl, benzofluorenyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzonaphthothiophenyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, which is C 6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 Each may be optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl.

[0221] In one embodiment, H TTA is an anthracene derivative of the formula TTA, in which the two Ar are each, independently of one another, a residue selected from the group consisting of phenyl, naphthyl, phenanthryl, pyrenyl, triphenylenyl, dibenzoanthracenyl, fluorenyl, benzofluorenyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, benzonaphthofuranyl, benzonaphthothiophenyl, dibenzofuranyl, dibenzothiophenyl, which is C6 -C 60 Aryl, C 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, halogen and C 1 -C 40 Each may be optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl.

[0222] Exemplary TTA Materials Based on Anthracene Derivatives H TTA is shown below: JPEG2025505614000065.jpg59116JPEG2025505614000066.jpg170129Here, hydrogen atoms are selectively replaced with deuterium.

[0223] Small FWHM emitter S B In the context of the present invention, a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B Generally, S is any emitter that has an emission spectrum exhibiting a FWHM of 0.25 eV or less (≦0.25) measured at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.) from a spin-coated film having 1-5 wt. % of the emitter, particularly 2 wt. %, in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA. Alternatively, a small FWHM emitter S B The emission spectrum of is typically measured at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C) with 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of the emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene. B can be measured in a solution.

[0224] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 1-5 wt%, especially 2 wt%, of emitter S in PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20°C). B The small FWHM emitter S is any emitter having an emission spectrum exhibiting a FWHM of ≦0.24 eV, more preferably ≦0.23 eV, and even more preferably ≦0.22 eV, ≦0.21 eV, or ≦0.20 eV, as measured from a spin-coated film having a small FWHM emitter S. BThe emission spectrum of is typically measured at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C) with 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of the emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene. B In another embodiment of the present invention, each small FWHM emitter S B indicates a FWHM of ≦0.19 eV, ≦0.18 eV, ≦0.17 eV, ≦0.16 eV, ≦0.15 eV, ≦0.14 eV, ≦0.13 eV, ≦0.12 eV, or ≦0.11 eV.

[0225] In one embodiment of the present invention, each small FWHM emitter S B At room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it emits with an emission maximum in the wavelength range of 440 nm to 480 nm.

[0226] In one embodiment of the present invention, each small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B It emits with an emission maximum in the wavelength range from 440 nm to 480 nm when measured at 480 nm.

[0227] TADF material E contained in the light-emitting layer B of the organic electroluminescence device according to the present invention B is understood to be an emitter having an emission spectrum with a FWHM of 0.25 eV or less (≦0.25 eV). Optionally, the TADF material E contained in the light-emitting layer B of the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention B can also exhibit an emission maximum within the aforementioned wavelength range (ie, 440 nm to 480 nm).

[0228] In one embodiment of the present invention, the relationship expressed by the following formula (29) applies: 440nm≦λ max (S B )≦480nm (29) Here, λ max (SB ) is defined in the context of the present invention as a small FWHM emitter S B Shows maximum emission.

[0229] In one embodiment, the above relationship represented by formula (29) applies to the materials contained in the light-emitting layer B of the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention.

[0230] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is an organic emitter, which means in the context of the present invention that it does not contain any transition metals. Preferably, the small FWHM emitter S according to the present invention B is composed primarily of the elements hydrogen (H), carbon (C), nitrogen (N) and boron (B), but can also contain, for example, oxygen (O), silicon (Si), fluorine (F) and bromine (Br).

[0231] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is a fluorescent emitter, which in the context of the present invention means that the emitter is capable of emitting light at room temperature upon electronic excitation (e.g. in an optoelectronic device according to the present invention), where the emissive excited state is a singlet state.

[0232] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B At room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of more than 50%.

[0233] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B At room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of over 60%.

[0234] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S BAt room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of over 70%.

[0235] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B At room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of over 80%.

[0236] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B At room temperature, (1 to 5 wt. %, especially 2 wt. % of emitter S B When measured on PMMA, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of over 90%.

[0237] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B When measured at 1000 nm, the compound exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 50% or more.

[0238] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B When measured at 1000 K, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 60% or more.

[0239] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B When measured at 1000 K, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 70% or more.

[0240] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B When measured at 1000 nm, the photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) is 80% or more.

[0241] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is 0.001–0.2 mg / mL of emitter S in dichloromethane or toluene at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B When measured at 1000 K, it exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 90% or more.

[0242] Those skilled in the art will recognize that a small FWHM emitter S that meets the aforementioned requirements or preferred characteristics may be B Know how to design.

[0243] In the context of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B Another class of molecules suitable for providing a charge-transfer (Pt) emitter are near-range-charge-transfer (NRCT) emitters.

[0244] Typical NRCT emitters have been described in the literature that exhibit delayed components in the time-resolved photoluminescence spectra, indicating short-range HOMO-LUMO separation, see for example: T.Hatakeyama, K.Shiren, K.Nakajima, S.Nomura, S.Nakatsuka, K.Kinoshita, J.Ni, Y.Ono, and T.Ikuta, Advanced Materials 2016, 28(14), 2777, DOI: 10.1002 / adma.201505491.

[0245] A typical NRCT emitter exhibits only one emission band in the emission spectrum, whereas a typical fluorescent emitter exhibits multiple unique emission bands due to vibrational progression.

[0246] The skilled artisan will recognize that in the context of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B For example, the emitter disclosed in EP 3109253 (A1) is considered to be a small FWHM emitter S in the context of the present invention. B It is also used as a.

[0247] Also, for example, US2014058099(A1), US2009295275(A1), US2012319052(A1), EP2182040(A2), US2018069182(A1), US2019393419(A1), US2020006671(A1), US2020098991(A1), US2020176684(A1), US2020161552(A1), US2020227639(A1), US2020185635(A1), EP3686206(A1), EP3686206(A1), WO2020217229(A1), WO2020208051(A1), and US2020328351(A1) disclose small FWHM emitter S for use according to the present invention. B The present invention discloses emitter materials suitable as:

[0248] In the context of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B One group of emitters that can be used are boron (B)-containing emitters that include or consist of a structure according to the following formula DABNA-I:

[0249] [Chemical formula: DABNA-I] JPEG2025505614000067.jpg39170, where each of ring A', ring B' and ring C' is independently an aromatic ring or a heteroaromatic ring containing 5 to 24 ring atoms, in which, in the case of a heteroaromatic ring, 1 to 3 ring atoms are independently a heteroatom selected from N, O, S and Se; wherein in each aromatic or heteroaromatic ring A′, B′ and C′, optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from the group consisting of a substituent R DABNA-1 which in each occurrence is selected independently from the group consisting of: Deuterium, N(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , OR DABNA-2 , S.R. DABNA-2 , Si(R DABNA-2 ) 3 , B(OR DABNA-2 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R DABNA-2 , C.F. 3 , CN, halogens (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-2 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-2 C=CR DABNA-2 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-2 , P(=O)(R DABNA-2 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-2 , O, S or CONR DABNA-2 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-2 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally RDABNA-2 C=CR DABNA-2 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-2 , P(=O)(R DABNA-2 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-2 , O, S or CONR DABNA-2 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-2 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-2 C=CR DABNA-2 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-2 , P(=O)(R DABNA-2 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-2 , O, S or CONR DABNA-2 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-2 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-2 C=CR DABNA-2 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-2 , P(=O)(R DABNA-2 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R.DABNA-2 , O, S or CONR DABNA-2 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-2 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-2 C=CR DABNA-2 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-2 , P(=O)(R DABNA-2 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-2 , O, S or CONR DABNA-2 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, and an aliphatic cyclic amine containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms; R DABNA-2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , OR DABNA-6 , S.R. DABNA-6 , Si(R DABNA-6 ) 3 , B(OR DABNA-6 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R DABNA-6 , C.F. 3 , CN, halogens (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NRDABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, and an aliphatic cyclic amine containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms; Here, R DABNA-1 and R DABNA-2 two or more adjacent substituents selected from optionally form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to adjacent rings A', B' or C', wherein the fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms; Y a and Y b are, independently of each other, a direct (single) bond, NR DABNA-3 , O, S, C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , B.R. DABNA-3 and Se; R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , OR DABNA-4 , S.R. DABNA-4 , Si(R DABNA-4 ) 3 , B(OR DABNA-4 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R DABNA-4 , C.F. 3 , CN, halogens (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-4 C=CR DABNA-4 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Sn(RDABNA-4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-4 , P(=O)(R DABNA-4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-4 , O, S or CONR DABNA-4 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-4 C=CR DABNA-4 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-4 , P(=O)(R DABNA-4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-4 , O, S or CONR DABNA-4 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-4 C=CR DABNA-4 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-4 , P(=O)(R DABNA-4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-4 , O, S or CONR DABNA-4 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-4 C=CR DABNA-4 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-4 , P(=O)(R DABNA-4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-4 , O, S or CONR DABNA-4 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-4 C=CR DABNA-4 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-4 , P(=O)(R DABNA-4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-4 , O, S or CONR DABNA-4 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, and an aliphatic cyclic amine containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms; R DABNA-4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , OR DABNA-5 , S.R. DABNA-5 , Si(R DABNA-5 ) 3 , B(OR DABNA-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R DABNA-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, halogens (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-5 C=CR DABNA-5 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-5 , P(=O)(R DABNA-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-5 , O, S or CONR DABNA-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-5 C=CR DABNA-5 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-5 , P(=O)(R DABNA-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-5 , O, S or CONR DABNA-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-5 C=CR DABNA-5 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-5 , P(=O)(R DABNA-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-5 , O, S or CONR DABNA-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-5 C=CR DABNA-5 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-5 , P(=O)(R DABNA-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-5 , O, S or CONR DABNA-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-5 C=CR DABNA-5 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-5 ) 2, Ge(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-5 , P(=O)(R DABNA-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-5 , O, S or CONR DABNA-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-5 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-5 C replaced with 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, and an aliphatic cyclic amine containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms; R DABNA-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , OR DABNA-6 , S.R. DABNA-6 , Si(R DABNA-6 ) 3 , B(OR DABNA-6 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R DABNA-6 , C.F. 3 , CN, halogens (F, Cl, Br, I), C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R DABNA-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R DABNA-6 C=CR DABNA-6 , C≡C, Si(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Ge(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , Sn(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR DABNA-6 , P(=O)(R DABNA-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. DABNA-6 , O, S or CONR DABNA-6 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, and an aliphatic cyclic amine containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms; Here, R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 and R DABNA-5two or more adjacent substituents selected from optionally form together a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system, wherein optionally the fused ring system thus formed contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms; R DABNA-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh (Ph = phenyl), SPh, CF 3 , CN, F, Si(C 1 -C 5 Alkyl) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, C1 -C 5 Alkyl, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 , or C 6 -C 18 substituted with an aryl substituent; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 , or C 6 -C 18 substituted with an aryl substituent; N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), Here, Y a and Y b or Y a and Y b Both are NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 when said one or two substituents R DABNA-3 optionally, independently of each other, adjacent rings A' and B' (Y a =NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 ), or A' and C'(Y b =NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(RDABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 ), or, independently in each case, NR DABNA-1 , O, S, C(R DABNA-1 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-1 ) 2 , B.R. DABNA-1 and Se, wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula DABNA-I are joined to each other, preferably fused to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula DABNA-I are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., said ring is part of two structures of formula DABNA-I), said ring being preferably any one of rings A', B' and C' of formula DABNA-I, but also R DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and R DABNA-6 , especially R DABNA-3 or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more adjacent substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula DABNA-I that share said ring (i.e., the shared ring is, for example, ring C' of two structures of formula DABNA-I selectively contained in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring B' of one structure of formula DABNA-I and ring C' of the other structure selectively contained in the emitter), Here, selectively R DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and R DABNA-6at least one of the groups R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, R20, R21, R22, R23, R34, R24, R35, R46, R57, R68, R79, R81, R92, R11, R12, R25, R26, R37, R48, R59, R61, R71, R82, R93, R13, R14, R27, R28, R39, R49, R59, R61, R71, R82, R94, R15, R29, R30, R45, R59, R62, R71, R83, R94, R16, R2 DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and R DABNA-6 At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula DABNA-I.

[0250] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes one or more small FWHM emitters S B At least one of the above comprises a structure according to the formula DABNA-I.

[0251] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B has a respective small FWHM emitter S B includes a structure according to the formula DABNA-I.

[0252] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, and preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes one or more small FWHM emitters S B At least one of the antibodies has a structure according to the formula DABNA-I.

[0253] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B has a respective small FWHM emitter S B has the structure according to the chemical formula DABNA-I.

[0254] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, where A', B' and C' are all aromatic rings each having six ring atoms (ie, all benzene rings).

[0255] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, and Y a and Y b are, independently of each other, NR DABNA-3 , O, S, C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , and Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 is selected from.

[0256] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, and Y a and Y b are, independently of each other, NR DABNA-3 , O and S.

[0257] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B has at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, and Y a and Y b are, independently of each other, NR DABNA-3 and O.

[0258] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B has at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, and Y a and Y b are both NR DABNA-3 It is.

[0259] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B has at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, and Y a and Y b are identical independently of each other and are both NR DABNA-3 It is.

[0260] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , OR DABNA-2 , S.R. DABNA-2 , Si(R DABNA-2 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-2are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , OR DABNA-6 , S.R. DABNA-6 , Si(R DABNA-6 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, Here, R DABNA-1 and R DABNA-2 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from optionally form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to adjacent rings A', B' or C', wherein the fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0261] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , OR DABNA-2 , S.R. DABNA-2 , Si(R DABNA-2 ) 3 , Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-6 ) 2 , OR DABNA-6 , S.R. DABNA-6 , Si(R DABNA-6 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, Here, R DABNA-1 and R DABNA-2 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from optionally form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to adjacent rings A', B' or C', wherein the fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0262] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S Bcomprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-2 ) 2 , OR DABNA-2 , S.R. DABNA-2 , Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-2 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 ,OPh,CN,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Si(Me) 3 , Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 Ph substituted with Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-6 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, Here, two or more adjacent R DABNA-1 forms a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to an adjacent ring A', B' or C', wherein optionally the fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0263] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , OPh, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Si(Me) 3 , Ph, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; where two or more adjacent substituents R DABNA-1 optionally forms a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to an adjacent ring A', B' or C', wherein the optionally fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0264] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , Me, iPr, t Bu, Ph, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Carbazolyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Triazinyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Pyrimidinyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Pyridinyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; where two or more adjacent substituents R DABNA-1 optionally forms a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to an adjacent ring A', B' or C', wherein the optionally fused ring system thus formed (i.e., each ring A', B' or C' and any additional rings optionally fused thereto) contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0265] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-1 and R DABNA-2Adjacent substituents selected from do not form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system fused to the adjacent ring A', B' or C'.

[0266] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 1 -C 4 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R DABNA-5 ) 2 , OR DABNA-5 , S.R. DABNA-5 , Si(C 1 -C 5 Alkyl) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-5 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-5 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-5 C replaced with 3 -C17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , OPh, Si(Me) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with deuterium; C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Here, R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 and R DABNA-5 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from optionally form together a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system, wherein optionally the fused ring system thus formed contains a total of 8 to 30 ring atoms.

[0267] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with1 -C 4 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , OPh, Si(Me) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with deuterium; C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Here, R DABNA-3 and R DABNA-4 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from do not form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system together.

[0268] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 1 -C 4 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, one or more substituents R DABNA-4 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R DABNA-4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CN, F, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently replaced with deuterium; C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Here, R DABNA-3 and R DABNA-4 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from do not form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system together.

[0269] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter SB comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Here, R DABNA-3 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from do not form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system together.

[0270] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Ph, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu, Ph or CN; Here, R DABNA-3 Two or more adjacent substituents selected from do not form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system together.

[0271] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh (Ph = phenyl), SPh, CF 3 , CN, F, Si(C 1 -C 5 Alkyl) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 , or C 6 -C 18 aryl substituted; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 , or C 6 -C 18 aryl substituted; N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl).

[0272] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , OPh (Ph = phenyl), SPh, CF 3 , CN, F, Si(Me) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, Me, i Pr, t Bu, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 or replaced by Ph, C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , F, Me, i Pr, t Bu, SiMe 3 , SiPh 3 Or replaced by Ph.

[0273] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 ,CN,F,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, Me, i Pr, t substituted with Bu or Ph, C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, Me, i Pr, t It is substituted with Bu or Ph.

[0274] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, R DABNA-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t It is substituted with Bu or Ph.

[0275] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, Y a and / or Y b NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 If DABNA-3 is one or two adjacent rings A' and B' (Y a =NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 ), or A' and C' (Y b =NR DABNA-3 , C(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , Si(R DABNA-3 ) 2 , or B.R. DABNA-3 ) does not combine with

[0276] In one embodiment, a small FWHM emitter S in the context of the present invention B are optionally multimers (e.g., dimers) of the aforementioned formula DABNA-I, meaning that their structure comprises one or more subunits, each of which has a structure according to formula DABNA-I. In this case, the skilled artisan will understand that two or more subunits according to formula DABNA-I are, for example, joined, and preferably fused, to each other (i.e., share at least one bond, where there are no more respective substituents attached to the atom forming the bond). Also, two or more subunits can share at least one, and preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. This can be achieved, for example, by forming small FWHM emitters S BEach of the multimeric (e.g., dimeric) emitters S comprises two or more subunits having the structure of formula DABNA-I, where the two subunits share an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., each ring is part of two subunits). As a result, each multimeric (e.g., dimeric) emitter S B where the shared ring is present only once and does not include two entire subunits of formula DABNA-I. Nevertheless, one of skill in the art will appreciate that the emitter is still considered herein to be a multimer of formula DABNA-I (e.g., a dimer if it includes two subunits having the structure of formula DABNA-I). The same is true for multimers that share one or more rings. Preferably, the multimer is a dimer that includes two subunits each having the structure of formula DABNA-I.

[0277] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each light-emitting layer B has at least one, preferably each small FWHM emitter S B is a dimer of formula DABNA-I as described above, meaning that the emitter contains two subunits each having a structure according to formula DABNA-I.

[0278] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of two or more, preferably exactly two, structures (i.e., subunits) according to the formula DABNA-I, wherein the subunits share at least one, and preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula DABNA-I), where the shared ring is any one of rings A', B', and C' of formula DABNA-I, but R DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and RDABNA-6 , especially R DABNA-3 or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more adjacent substituents as described above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula DABNA-I that share said ring (i.e., the shared ring is, for example, ring C' of two structures of formula DABNA-I selectively contained in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring B' of one structure of formula DABNA-I and ring C' of the other structure selectively contained in the emitter).

[0279] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, light-emitting layer B includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of two or more, preferably exactly two, structures (i.e., subunits) according to the formula DABNA-I, Here, R DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and R DABNA-6 at least one of the groups is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula DABNA-I, and / or R DABNA-1 , R DABNA-2 , R DABNA-3 , R DABNA-4 , R DABNA-5 and R DABNA-6 At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula DABNA-I.

[0280] The small FWHM emitter S according to the present invention B Non-limiting examples of emitters that include or consist of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I that can be used as JPEG2025505614000068.jpg97144

[0281] In the context of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B One group of emitters that can be used are emitters that include or consist of a structure according to the following formula BNE-1:

[0282] [Chemical formula BNE-1] JPEG2025505614000069.jpg81170, where c and d are both integers and are independently selected from 0 and 1; e and f are both integers selected from 0 and 1, where e and f are (always) the same (i.e., both 0 or both 1); g and h are both integers selected from 0 and 1, where g and h are (always) the same (i.e., both 0 or both 1); If d is 0, then e and f are both 1; if d is 1, then e and f are both 0; If c is 0, then g and h are both 1; if c is 1, then g and h are both 0; V 1 is nitrogen (N) and CR BNE-V is selected from V 2 is nitrogen (N) and CR BNE-I is selected from X 3 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , C=CR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , C=O, C=NR BNE-3 , N.R. BNE-3 , O, SiR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of Y 2 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ , C=CR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ , C=O, C=NR BNE-3’ , N.R. BNE-3’ , O, SiR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’, S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-5 ) 2 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(RBNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ and R BNE-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-5 ) 2 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2, C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-a are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-5 ) 2 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents RBNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-6 ) 2 , OR BNE-6 , Si(R BNE-6 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-6 ) 2 , B(R BNE-6 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-6 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2, Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-6 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-6 C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , substituted with Ph or F; C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C18 aryl), Here, R BNE-III and R BNE-e selectively bonds to form a direct single bond, Here, the substituent R BNE-a , R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ , R BNE-e , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ and R BNE-5 two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; Here, the substituent R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula BNE-1 are joined to each other, preferably condensed to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula BNE-1 are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , RBNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’ or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e. the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively contained in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 selectively contained in the emitter and ring c' of the other structure), Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0283] In one embodiment of the present invention, in the light emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S B includes a structure according to the chemical formula BNE-1.

[0284] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where V 1 is CR BNE-V and V 2 is CR BNE-I It is.

[0285] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where V 1 and V 2 are both nitrogen (N).

[0286] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where V 1 is nitrogen (N) and V 2 is CR BNE-I It is.

[0287] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where V 1 is CR BNE-V and V 2 is nitrogen (N).

[0288] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where c and d are both 0.

[0289] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where c is 0 and d is 1.

[0290] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where c is 1 and d is 0.

[0291] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where c and d are both 1.

[0292] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where X 3 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , C=O, NR BNE-3 , O, S, SiR BNE-3 R BNE-4 is selected from the group consisting of Y 2 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ , C=O, NR BNE-3’ , O, S, SiR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ is selected from the group consisting of:

[0293] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where X 3 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , N.R. BNE-3 , O, S, SiR BNE-3 R BNE-4 is selected from the group consisting of Y 2is a direct bond, CR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ , N.R. BNE-3’ , O, S, SiR BNE-3’ R BNE-4’ is selected from the group consisting of:

[0294] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where X 3 is a direct bond, CR BNE-3 R BNE-4 , N.R. BNE-3 , O, S, SiR BNE-3 R BNE-4 is selected from the group consisting of Y 2 is a direct bond.

[0295] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where X 3 is a direct bond or NR BNE-3 and Y 2 is a direct bond.

[0296] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, where X 3 is NR BNE-3 and Y 2 is a direct bond.

[0297] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , RBNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-5 ) 2 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(RBNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ and R BNE-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONRBNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-a are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-5 ) 2 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-5 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally RBNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R.BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 57 Heteroaryl, R BNE-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-6 ) 2 , OR BNE-6 , Si(R BNE-6 ) 3 , B(OR BNE-6 ) 2 , B(R BNE-6 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R BNE-6 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-6 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-6 C=CR BNE-6 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-6 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-6 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-6 , P(=O)(R BNE-6 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-6 , O, S or CONR BNE-6 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-6 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-6 C replaced with 2 -C 57Heteroaryl, R BNE-6 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , substituted with Ph or F; C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C2 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), Here, R BNE-III and R BNE-e selectively bonds to form a direct single bond, Here, the substituent R BNE-a , R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ , R BNE-e , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ and R BNE-5 two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; Here, the substituent R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula BNE-1 are joined to each other, preferably condensed to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula BNE-1 are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , RBNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’ or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e. the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter and ring c' of the other structure), Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III, R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0298] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 18 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2, N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 30 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 29 Heteroaryl, R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ and R BNE-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 18 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-a is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 6 -C 30 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 2 -C 29 Heteroaryl, R BNE-a are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2, OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 18 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R BNE-5 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R BNE-5 C=CR BNE-5 , C≡C, Si(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Ge(R BNE-5 ) 2 , Sn(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR BNE-5 , P(=O)(R BNE-5 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. BNE-5 , O, S or CONR BNE-5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 30 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 29 Heteroaryl, R BNE-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3, or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), Here, R BNE-III and R BNE-e selectively bonds to form a direct single bond, Here, the substituent R BNE-a , R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ , R BNE-e , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ and R BNE-5two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; Here, the substituent R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula BNE-1 are joined to each other, preferably condensed to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula BNE-1 are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e. the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter and ring c' of the other structure), Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0299] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ and R BNE-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-a are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), Here, R BNE-III and R BNE-e selectively bonds to form a direct single bond, Here, the substituent R BNE-a , R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ , R BNE-e , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ and R BNE-5 two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; Here, the substituent R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula BNE-1 are joined to each other, preferably condensed to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula BNE-1 are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’ or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e. the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter and ring c' of the other structure), Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0300] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV and R BNE-V are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents RBNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ and R BNE-e are each independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-a C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-a are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R BNE-5 ) 2 , OR BNE-5 , Si(R BNE-5 ) 3 , B(R BNE-5 ) 2 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R BNE-5 C replaced with 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R BNE-5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 , or replaced by F, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 6 -C 18 Aryl, Optionally, 1 or more C 1 -C 5 C substituted with alkyl substituents 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 2 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), Here, R BNE-III and R BNE-e selectively bonds to form a direct single bond, Here, the substituent R BNE-a , R BNE-d , R BNE-d’ , R BNE-e , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ and R BNE-5 two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; Here, the substituent R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IVand R BNE-V two or more of which together selectively form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of the formula BNE-1 are joined to each other, preferably condensed to each other by sharing at least one, more preferably exactly one bond; wherein optionally two or more, preferably two, structures of formula BNE-1 are present in the emitter and share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’ or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e. the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter and ring c' of the other structure), Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , RBNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0301] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-III and R BNE-e combines to form a direct single bond.

[0302] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, R BNE-III and R BNE-e does not bond directly to form a single bond.

[0303] In one embodiment, a small FWHM emitter S in the context of the present invention BThe fluorescent emitters suitable as are optionally multimers (e.g. dimers) of the aforementioned formula BNE-1, meaning that their structure comprises one or more subunits, each of which has a structure according to the formula BNE-1. In this case, the skilled person will understand that two or more subunits according to the formula BNE-1 are, for example, joined, preferably fused to each other (i.e. sharing at least one bond, where there are no more respective substituents attached to the atom forming the bond). Also, two or more subunits can share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring. This can be used, for example, to produce small FWHM emitters S B Each of the subunits has a structure of formula BNE-1, where the two subunits share an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., each ring is part of two subunits). As a result, each multimeric (e.g., dimeric) emitter S B where the shared ring is present only once and does not include two entire subunits of formula BNE-1. Nevertheless, one of skill in the art will appreciate that the emitter is still considered herein to be a multimer of formula BNE-1 (e.g., a dimer if it includes two subunits having the structure of formula BNE-1). The same is true for multimers that share one or more rings. Preferably, the multimer is a dimer that includes two subunits, each having the structure of formula BNE-1.

[0304] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is a dimer of formula BNE-1 as described above, meaning that the emitter contains two subunits each having a structure according to the formula BNE-1.

[0305] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S Bis a dimer of formula BNE-1 as described above, meaning that the emitter contains two subunits each having a structure (i.e., a subunit) according to the formula BNE-1; Here, the two subunits are joined and preferably fused to one another by sharing at least one, and more preferably exactly one, bond.

[0306] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is a dimer of formula BNE-1 as described above, meaning that the emitter contains two subunits each having a structure (i.e., a subunit) according to the formula BNE-1; wherein the two subunits share at least one, preferably exactly one, aromatic or heteroaromatic ring (i.e., the ring is part of the two structures of formula BNE-1), which is preferably any one of rings a, b and c' of formula BNE-1, but not R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-5 , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d and R BNE-d’or any aromatic or heteroaromatic ring formed by two or more substituents as above, where the shared ring may constitute the same or different moieties of two or more structures of formula BNE-1 that share said ring (i.e., the shared ring is, for example, ring c' of two structures of formula BNE-1 selectively included in the emitter, or the shared ring is, for example, ring b of one structure of formula BNE-1 and ring c' of the other structure selectively included in the emitter).

[0307] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B is a dimer of formula BNE-1 as described above, meaning that the emitter contains two subunits each having a structure (i.e., a subunit) according to the formula BNE-1; Here, optionally, R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , R BNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1, and / or R BNE-1 , R BNE-2 , R BNE-1’ , R BNE-2’ , R BNE-3 , R BNE-4 , R BNE-5 , R BNE-3’ , R BNE-4’ , R BNE-6 , R BNE-I , R BNE-II , R BNE-III , R BNE-IV , R BNE-V , RBNE-a , R BNE-e , R BNE-d or R BNE-d’ At least one hydrogen atom of any one of is replaced by a bond to a further chemical entity of formula BNE-1.

[0308] Non-limiting examples of fluorescent emitters that include or consist of structures according to the above formula BNE-1 that can be used as small FWHM emitters in the context of the present invention are shown below: JPEG2025505614000070.jpg170141JPEG2025505614000071.jpg118144JPEG202 5505614000072.jpg79144JPEG2025505614000073.jpg122144JPEG20255056140 00074.jpg170121JPEG2025505614000075.jpg156131JPEG2025505614000076.j pg150144JPEG2025505614000077.jpg45144JPEG2025505614000078.jpg139144

[0309] A small FWHM emitter S comprising or consisting of a structure according to the chemical formula BNE-1. B may optionally be a short range charge transfer (NRCT) emitter and / or a TADF emitter.

[0310] A small FWHM emitter S comprising or consisting of a structure according to the chemical formula BNE-1. B The synthesis of can be accomplished via standard reactions and reaction conditions known to the skilled artisan.

[0311] Typically, the synthesis involves transition metal catalyzed cross-coupling and borylation reactions, which are well known to the skilled artisan.

[0312] For example, WO2020135953(A1) describes a small FWHM emitter S comprising or consisting of a structure according to the chemical formula BNE-1. BUS2018047912(A1) also discloses a method for synthesizing a small FWHM emitter S comprising or consisting of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, in which c and d are 0. B A method for synthesizing

[0313] In addition, the emitters disclosed in US2018047912(A1) and WO2020135953(A1) are considered to be small FWHM emitters S in the context of the present invention. B It is understood that it can be used as

[0314] In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each light-emitting layer B has at least one, preferably each small FWHM emitter S B comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I or the formula BNE-1. Those skilled in the art will recognize this as a compound having one or more small FWHM emitters S in at least one light-emitting layer B. B If present, it is understood that they all comprise or consist of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I, they all comprise or consist of a structure according to the formula BNE-1, or some comprise or consist of a structure according to the formula DABNA-I while others comprise or consist of a structure according to the formula BNE-1.

[0315] One approach to designing fluorescent emitters relies on the use of fluorescent polycyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic core structures. The latter, in the context of the present invention, is any structure that includes one or more aromatic or heteroaromatic rings, preferably two or more of said rings, which are more preferably fused together or linked via one or more direct bonds or linking atoms. That is, the fluorescent core structure includes at least one, and preferably only one, rigid conjugated π-system.

[0316] A skilled artisan knows how to select a core structure for a fluorescent emitter, for example from US2017077418(A1). Examples of typical core structures for fluorescent emitters are shown below, where it is known that only such cores are suitable for use according to the present invention for small FWHM emitters S B does not mean that we can provide: JPEG2025505614000079.jpg55144JPEG2025505614000080.jpg156144JPEG2025505614000081.jpg88144JPEG2025505614000082.jpg170123

[0317] In the present context, the term fluorescent core structure indicates that all molecules containing said core can potentially be used as fluorescent emitters. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the core structure of such fluorescent emitters may be selectively substituted and that certain substituents are suitable in conjunction therewith, for example from the following examples: US2017077418(A1); M.Zhu.C.Yang, Chemical Society Reviews 2013, 42, 4963, DOI: 10.1039 / c3cs35440g; S.Kima, B.Kimb, J.Leea, H.Shina, Y.-Il Parkb, J.Park, Materials Science and Engineering R: Reports 2016, 99, 1, DOI: 10.1016 / j.mser.2015.11.001; KRJThomas, N.Kapoor, MNKPBolisetty, J.-H.Jou, Y.-L.Chen, Y.-C.Jou, The Journal of Organic Chemistry 2012, 77(8), 3921, DOI: 10.1021 / jo300285v; M.Vanga, RALalancette, F.Jakle, Chemistry-A European Journal 2019, 25(43), 10133, DOI: 10.1002 / chem.201901231.

[0318] Small FWHM emitter S for use according to the invention B can be obtained from the aforementioned fluorescent core structures by attaching sterically demanding substituents to the core that disrupt contacts between the fluorescent core and adjacent molecules, for example in the respective layers of an organic electroluminescent device.

[0319] In the context of the present invention, a compound, e.g. a fluorescent emitter, is considered to be sterically shielded when the shielding parameters defined hereinafter are below certain limits defined in the subchapters hereinafter.

[0320] The substituents used to sterically shield the fluorescent emitter are preferably not only bulky (i.e. sterically demanding) but also electronically inert, which means in the context of the present invention that such substituents do not contain active atoms as defined in the subchapters below. This is understood not to mean that only electronically inert (i.e. non-active) substituents are attached to the fluorescent core structure as described above. Active substituents may also be attached to the core structure and purposefully introduced to adjust the photophysical properties of the fluorescent core structure. In this case, it is preferred that the active atoms introduced via one or more substituents are shielded again by electronically inert (i.e. non-active) substituents.

[0321] Based on the above information and general knowledge from the prior art, a skilled artisan will understand how to select substituents for the fluorescent core structure that can induce steric shielding of the fluorescent core structure and are electronically inactive as described above. In particular, US2017077418(A1) discloses substituents that are suitable as electronically inactive (i.e., non-active) shielding substituents. Examples of such substituents include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 3-40 carbon atoms, preferably 3-20 carbon atoms, more preferably 4-10 carbon atoms, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are also replaced by a substituent, preferably deuterium or fluorine. Other examples include alkoxy groups having 3-40 carbon atoms, preferably 3-20 carbon atoms, more preferably 4-10 carbon atoms, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are also replaced by a substituent, preferably deuterium or fluorine. It is understood that those alkyl and alkoxy substituents may also be replaced by substituents other than deuterium and fluorine, such as aryl groups. In this case, the aryl group as a substituent preferably contains 6 to 30 aromatic ring atoms, more preferably 6 to 8 aromatic ring atoms, most preferably 6 aromatic ring atoms, and is not a condensed aromatic system such as anthracene, pyrene, etc. Other examples include aryl groups having 6 to 30 aromatic ring atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 aromatic ring atoms. In those aryl substituents, one or more hydrogen atoms are substituted, and preferred substituents are, for example, aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. All substituents can be further substituted. All sterically demanding and preferably electronically inactive (i.e., non-active) substituents disclosed in US2017077418(A1) sterically shield the fluorescent core (as described above) and provide a small FWHM emitter S for use according to the present invention. B It will be appreciated that it is possible to provide a sterically shielded fluorescent emitter suitable for

[0322] Non-limiting examples of substituents that can be used as sterically demanding (i.e., shielding) and electronically inert (i.e., inactive) substituents in the context of the present invention (disclosed in US2017077418(A1)) are shown below: JPEG2025505614000083.jpg254152JPEG2025505614000084.jpg168122

[0323] Here, each dashed line represents a single bond linking the respective substituent to a core structure, preferably a fluorescent core structure. As known to the skilled artisan, trialkylsilyl groups are suitable for use as sterically demanding, electronically inactive substituents.

[0324] It should also be understood that the fluorescent core not only bears such sterically shielding substituents, but is also substituted with additional non-shielding substituents that may or may not be active groups in the context of the present invention (see definition below).

[0325] In the context of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B Examples of sterically shielded fluorescent emitters that can be used as are shown below, without implying that the present invention is limited to organic electroluminescent devices that include the emitters shown below: JPEG2025505614000085.jpg47144

[0326] It is understood that sterically hindered substituents (whether electronically inert as described above or not) may be attached to any fluorescent molecule, such as emitters including the polyaromatic or heteroaromatic fluorescent cores described above, the BODIPY-derived structures and NRCT emitters shown herein, and structures of formula BNE-1. This allows the small FWHM emitters S of the present invention to be easily and efficiently used. B It is possible to produce sterically shielded fluorescent emitters which are suitable as

[0327] In one embodiment of the present invention, in the light emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S B meets at least one of the following requirements: (i) Boron (B)-containing emitters, which have the respective small FWHM emitters S B and / or (ii) contain a polycyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic core structure, where at least two aromatic rings are fused together (eg, anthracene, pyrene or aza derivatives thereof).

[0328] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B are boron (B)-containing emitters, which are the small FWHM emitters S B This means that at least one atom in is boron (B).

[0329] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B comprises a polycyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic core structure, where at least two aromatic rings are fused together (eg, anthracene, pyrene or their aza derivatives).

[0330] In one embodiment of the present invention, in the light emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S B meets at least one (or both) of the following requirements: (i) Boron (B)-containing emitters, which have the respective small FWHM emitters S B and / or (ii) Contains a pyrene core structure.

[0331] In one embodiment of the present invention, a small FWHM emitter S B contains a pyrene core structure.

[0332] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the light-emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S Bare boron (B) and nitrogen (N) containing emitters, which have small FWHM emitters S B At least one atom in is boron (B), and each small FWHM emitter S B This means that at least one atom in is nitrogen (N).

[0333] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the light-emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S B is an emitter containing at least one boron atom (B), which is covalently bonded (directly) to at least one nitrogen atom (N).

[0334] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the light-emitting layer B, a small FWHM emitter S B is trivalent, i.e., it contains a boron atom (B) attached via three single bonds.

[0335] Composition of light-emitting layer B Hereinafter, when the composition of the light-emitting layer B of the organic electroluminescence device according to the present invention is described in more detail, the content of a specific material may be expressed in the form of a percentage. It should be noted that, unless otherwise specified for a specific embodiment, all percentages refer to weight percentages, which have the same meaning as weight percent or weight % ((weight / weight), (w / w), wt.%). For example, in a specific composition, one or more small FWHM emitters S B When the content is illustratively referred to as 1%, this means that the FWHM of the emitter S is smaller than 1. B The total weight of all S B It is understood to mean that each of the components (the sum of the molecules) accounts for 1% by weight, i.e., 1% of the total weight of each of the light-emitting layers B. Whenever the composition of at least one light-emitting layer B is specified by providing the preferred contents of its components in weight%, it is understood that the total contents of all components add up to 100% by weight (i.e., the total weight of each of the light-emitting layers B).

[0336] In one embodiment, in an organic electroluminescent device according to the invention, the light-emitting layer B comprises or consists of: (i) 5 to 99.9% by weight of triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) material H TTA , (ii) 0.1 to 10 wt. % small FWHM emitter S B , and (iii) 0 to 99.9% by weight of one or more solvents.

[0337] Excitation energy transfer component EET, small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B and the host material H B The exciton management layer EXL includes According to the invention, the exciton management layer EXL comprises at least one excitation energy transfer component EET, a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B and the host material H B Includes.

[0338] Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S in the exciton management layer EXL B is the small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S in the light-emitting layer B B may be the same as or different from.

[0339] In one embodiment, a small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S B is identical in each case.

[0340] Excitation energy transfer component EET In the exciton management layer EXL, one or more excitation energy transfer components EET are preferably selected, and at least one, preferably each, of one or more small FWHM emitters S included in the exciton management layer EXL of the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention is preferably selected. B The excitation energy can be transferred to

[0341] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the exciton management layer EXL, at least one, preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET includes at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B transfers excitation energy to

[0342] To enable such energy transfer, the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (about) 20° C.) of at least one, and preferably each, excited energy transfer component EET and the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (about) 20° C.) of at least one, and preferably each, small FWHM emitter S to which the EET must transfer energy must be determined. B It is preferred that there is spectral overlap between the absorption spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (about) 20° C.) of the TADF material E B The fluorescence spectrum and the EET of the phosphorescent material P B (See below) In a preferred embodiment, therefore, in the exciton management layer EXL, the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e. (about) 20° C.) of at least one, preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET and the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e. (about) 20° C.) of at least one, preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B There is spectral overlap between the absorption spectrum of . The absorption and emission spectra are recorded as described in the subchapters of this specification.

[0343] Preferably, the excitation energy transfer moiety EET is capable of harvesting triplet excitons for emission from a singlet state. Those skilled in the art will understand this to mean that the excitation energy transfer moiety EET exhibits strong spin-orbit coupling, for example, such that excitation energy can be efficiently transferred from an excited triplet state to an excited singlet state. Alternatively, triplet harvesting by the excitation energy transfer moiety EET can be achieved, for example, through reverse intersystem crossing (RISC), which converts an excited triplet state to an excited singlet state (see below). In both cases, the excitation energy is delivered to at least one small FWHM emitter S Bis transferred to an excited singlet state (preferably S1 S ) can emit light.

[0344] Preferably, the excitation energy transfer component is a TADF material E B , phosphorescent material P B and exciplex.

[0345] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL includes at least one phosphorescent material.

[0346] In a preferred embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL is adjacent to the emissive layer B and is located between the emissive layer B and the anode layer A, and the exciton management layer EXL comprises at least one phosphorescent material.

[0347] In a preferred embodiment, the exciton management layer EXL comprises at least two excitation energy transfer components EET, namely EET-1 and EET-2, which differ from each other in molecular structure.

[0348] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the exciton management layer EXL, at least one, preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET-1 as well as at least one, preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET-2 comprised in at least one light-emitting layer B is preferably a small FWHM emitter S B Transfer energy to.

[0349] In a preferred embodiment, the following two conditions are met in the exciton management layer EXL: (i) the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (about) 20° C.) of the excitation energy transfer component EET-1 and at least one, and preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B and (ii) the emission spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (about) 20° C.) of the excitation energy transfer component EET-2 and at least one, and preferably each, small FWHM emitter S B There is spectral overlap between the absorption spectrum at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20°C) of Here, the absorption and emission spectra are recorded as described in the subchapters of this specification.

[0350] In one embodiment of the present invention, the excitation energy transfer component EET-1 as well as the excitation energy transfer component EET-2 meets at least one, preferably exactly one of the following two conditions: (i) E(S1 EET-1 ) and E(T1 EET-1 ) and / or E(S1 EET-2 ) and E(T1 EET-2 ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE ST Indicate the value, and / or (ii) contain at least one, and preferably exactly one, transition metal with a normal atomic weight greater than 40 (meaning that at least one atom in each EET-1 and / or EET-2 is a (transition) metal in any oxidation state with an atomic weight greater than 40).

[0351] In a preferred embodiment, at least one excited energy transfer moiety EET has a lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1 EET-1 ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 EET-1 ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE ST Indicates the value.

[0352] In a preferred embodiment, at least one excitation energy transfer component EET comprises at least one, and preferably exactly one, transition metal with a normal atomic weight greater than 40 (meaning that at least one atom in each EET is a (transition) metal in any oxidation state with an atomic weight greater than 40).

[0353] In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the following two conditions are met: (i) At least one, and preferably each, excited energy transfer component EET-1 has a lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1 EET-1 ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 EET-1 ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE ST Indicate the value, and / or (ii) At least one, and preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET-2 contains at least one, and preferably exactly one, transition metal having a normal atomic weight greater than 40 (meaning that at least one atom in each EET-2 is a (transition) metal in any oxidation state with an atomic weight greater than 40).

[0354] In a preferred embodiment of the invention, at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-1 as well as at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-2, satisfies at least one, preferably exactly one of the following two conditions: (i) a lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1) of less than 0.4 eV, preferably less than 0.3 eV, more preferably less than 0.2 eV, even more preferably less than 0.1 eV, or even less than 0.05 eV; E )(E(S1 EET-1 ) or E(S1 EET-2 ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 E )(E(T1 EET-1) or E(T1 EET-2 ) and the same as each other) ST Indicate the value, and / or (ii) contain iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) (meaning that at least one atom within each EET-1 or EET-2 is iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) in any oxidation state, see below).

[0355] In preferred embodiments, each excitation energy transfer moiety EET-2 preferably comprises iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) (meaning that at least one atom within each EET-2 is iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) in any oxidation state, see below).

[0356] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the following two conditions are met: (i) At least one, and preferably each, excited energy transfer component EET-1 has a lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1 EET-1 ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 EET-1 ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE ST Indicate the value, and / or (ii) At least one, and preferably each, excitation energy transfer component EET-2 comprises iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) (meaning that at least one atom in each EET-2 is iridium (Ir) or platinum (Pt) in any oxidation state, see below).

[0357] Preferably, the one or more excitation energy transfer components EET-2 as well as the one or more excitation energy transfer components EET-1 are independently of each other in the TADF material E B , phosphorescent material P B and exciplex (see below).

[0358] More preferably, the one or more excitation energy transfer components EET-2 as well as the one or more excitation energy transfer components EET-1 are independently of each other in the TADF material E B and phosphorescent material P B (see below).

[0359] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer comprises two excitation energy transfer components EET, EET-1 and EET-2, where the two EETs are TADF material EET-1 and EET-2. B It is.

[0360] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer comprises two excitation energy transfer components EET, EET-1 and EET-2, where EET-1 is the TADF material E B and EET-2 is a phosphorescent material.

[0361] In one embodiment, the exciton management layer comprises two excitation energy transfer components EET, EET-1 and EET-2, where the two EETs are TADF material EET-1 and EET-2. B It is.

[0362] As mentioned above, in the context of the present invention, one or more excitation energy transfer moieties EET-1 and one or more excitation energy transfer moieties EET-2 are included, where they are not the same (i.e., they do not have the same chemical formula). This means that one or more excitation energy transfer moieties EET-1 and one or more excitation energy transfer moieties EET-2 can be, for example, independently of each other, in the TADF material E B and phosphorescent material P B However, in any case, their chemical structures are not the same, i.e., in at least one emissive layer B, EET-1 does not have the same chemical formula (or structure) as EET-2.

[0363] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, in each emissive layer B, at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-2 as well as at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-1 are independently selected from: (i) TADF material E as described above B , (ii) a phosphorescent material P as described above B , and (iii) an exciplex as previously described.

[0364] In a preferred embodiment, each excitation energy transfer component EET-1 as well as each excitation energy transfer component EET-2 contained in the organic electroluminescent device according to the invention is, independently of one another, selected from: (i) TADF material E as described above B , (ii) a phosphorescent material P as described above B , and (iii) an exciplex as previously described.

[0365] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, in each emissive layer B, at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-2 as well as at least one, preferably each excitation energy transfer component EET-1 are independently selected from: (i) TADF material E as described above B , and (ii) a phosphorescent material P as described above B .

[0366] Hereinafter, in the context of the present invention, the TADF material E B , phosphorescent material P B and exciplexes are more specifically disclosed.

[0367] If each excitation energy transfer component is TADF material E B Not all specific embodiments refer to the TADF material E BIf selected, the TADF material E described below B The preferred features, characteristics and embodiments for are also applicable to the excitation energy transfer moieties EETs.

[0368] If each excitation energy transfer component is a phosphorescent material P B Not shown in all specific embodiments referring to the phosphorescent material P B If the above is selected, the phosphorescent material P described below B The preferred features, characteristics and embodiments for are also applicable to the excitation energy transfer moieties EETs.

[0369] If a respective excitation energy transfer component is selected as an exciplex, not all specific embodiments are presented with reference to an exciplex, the preferred features, characteristics and embodiments for an exciplex described below are also applicable to the excitation energy transfer component EET.

[0370] TADF material E B As known to those skilled in the art, for example, in an organic light emitting diode (OLED), light emission from an emitter material (i.e., an emissive dopant) includes fluorescence from an excited singlet state (generally the lowest excited singlet state S1) and phosphorescence from an excited triplet state (generally the lowest excited triplet state T1).

[0371] In the context of the present invention, a fluorescent emitter is capable of emitting light at room temperature (i.e. (about) 20°C) upon electronic excitation (e.g. in an organic electroluminescent device) and the emissive excited state is a singlet state (typically the lowest excited singlet state S1). Fluorescent emitters typically exhibit immediate (i.e. direct) fluorescence on the nanosecond time scale when initial electronic excitation (e.g. by electron-hole recombination) provides the excited singlet state of the emitter.

[0372] In the context of the present invention, a delayed fluorescent material is a material that can reach an excited triplet state (generally the lowest excited triplet state T1) to an excited singlet state (generally the lowest excited singlet state S1) via reverse intersystem crossing (RISC; i.e., up-intersystem crossing or reverse intersystem crossing) and can emit light when returning from the excited singlet state (generally S1) thus reached to the bottom electronic state. The time scale (generally in the microsecond range) at which the observed fluorescence emission occurs after RISC from an excited triplet state (generally T1) to an excited singlet state (generally S1) is slower than the time scale (generally in the nanosecond range) at which direct (i.e., immediate) fluorescence occurs, and is therefore referred to as delayed fluorescence (DF). When RISC from an excited triplet state (generally from T1) to an excited singlet state (generally to S1) occurs via thermal activation and the excited singlet state thus filled emits light (delayed fluorescence emission), the process is referred to as thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF). Therefore, a TADF material is a material that can emit TADF light as described above. The energy difference ΔE between the lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1) of the fluorescent emitter is ST It is known to those skilled in the art that when ΔE decreases, the transfer from the lowest excited triplet state to the lowest excited singlet state by RISC occurs with high efficiency. Therefore, TADF materials generally have a small ΔE ST That it has a value forms part of the general knowledge of the person skilled in the art (see below).

[0373] The generation of (thermally activated) delayed fluorescence is analyzed, for example, based on decay curves obtained from time-resolved (i.e., transient) photoluminescence (PL) measurements. The PL emission from a TADF material is separated into an emission component from an excited singlet state (generally, S1) generated by initial excitation and an emission component from an excited singlet state (generally, S1) generated by RISC via an excited triplet state (generally, T1). In general, there is a significant time difference between the emission from the excited singlet state (generally, S1) formed by initial excitation and the emission from the excited singlet state (generally, S1) reached via RISC from the excited triplet state (generally, T1).

[0374] TADF materials preferably have full decay dynamics and satisfy two conditions: (i) the decay dynamics exhibit two time domains, one typically in the nanosecond (ns) range and the other typically in the microsecond (μs) range; and (ii) The emission spectral morphology is consistent in the two time domains.

[0375] Here, the portion of light emitted in the first decay region is considered as immediate fluorescence, and the portion of light emitted in the second decay region is considered as delayed fluorescence. PL measurements are performed using spin-coated films of 1–10 wt %, specifically 10 wt %, of each emitter (i.e., the assumed TADF material) in poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA).

[0376] To assess whether preferred criterion (i) is met (i.e. the decay dynamics exhibit two time domains, one typically in the nanosecond (ns) range and the other typically in the microsecond (μs) range), TCSPC (Time Correlated Single Photon Counting) is typically used (see below) and the entire decay dynamics is typically analyzed as described below. Alternatively, transient photoluminescence measurements with spectral resolution can be performed (see below).

[0377] To assess whether preferred criterion (ii) is met (i.e., the morphology of the emission spectra in the two time domains is consistent), transient photoluminescence measurements using spectral resolution can typically be performed (see below).

[0378] Experimental details for such measurements are provided in subchapters following the main text.

[0379] The ratio of delayed to immediate fluorescence (n value) is calculated by integrating the respective photoluminescence decays over time, as described in the subchapter following the main text.

[0380] In the context of the present invention, TADF materials preferably exhibit an n-value (ratio of delayed to immediate fluorescence) greater than 0.05 (n>0.05), more preferably greater than 0.15 (n>0.15), more preferably greater than 0.25 (n>0.25), more preferably greater than 0.35 (n>0.35), more preferably greater than 0.45 (n>0.45), more preferably greater than 0.55 (n>0.55), more preferably greater than 0.65 (n>0.65), more preferably greater than 0.75 (n>0.75), more preferably greater than 0.85 (n>0.85), or even greater than 0.95 (n>0.95).

[0381] Below, TADF material E B is used as the excitation energy transfer component EET, EET-1 and / or EET-2 according to the present invention.

[0382] According to the present invention, a thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF) material E B is less than 0.4 eV, preferably less than 0.3 eV, more preferably less than 0.2 eV, even more preferably less than 0.1 eV, or even more preferably less than 0.05 eV, E ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 E ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE STTherefore, the TADF material E according to the present invention is characterized by exhibiting a value. B ΔE ST is the lowest excited triplet state T1 at room temperature (RT, i.e., (approximately) 20°C). E from the lowest excited singlet state S1 E is small enough to allow thermal repopulation (also called up-intersystem crossing or reverse intersystem crossing, RISC) of

[0383] Preferably, in the context of the present invention, the TADF material E B exhibits both immediate and delayed fluorescence (luminescent S1 E State is T1 E state is reached via heat-activated RISC).

[0384] Each small FWHM emitter S included in at least one light-emitting layer B and exciton management layer EXL of the organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention B is selectively lowered to ΔE less than 0.4 eV. ST It is understood that the emitter may have a FWHM of 0.01 to 0.10 and exhibit thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF). However, in the context of the present invention, any small FWHM emitter S B In contrast, this is merely an optional feature.

[0385] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one TADF material E B and at least one small FWHM emitter S B (when both spectra are measured under similar conditions). In this case, there is a spectral overlap between the absorption spectrum of at least one TADF material E B is at least one small FWHM emitter S B Energy can be transferred to

[0386] According to the present invention, the TADF material E Bhas a maximum emission in the visible wavelength range of 380 nm to 800 nm, and is typically found in a 10 wt % TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0387] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B has a maximum emission in the deep blue wavelength range of 380 nm to 470 nm, preferably 400 nm to 470 nm, and is typically found in a 10 wt % TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0388] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B has a maximum emission in the green wavelength range of 480 nm to 560 nm, preferably 500 nm to 560 nm, and is typically found in a 10 wt % TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0389] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B has a maximum emission in the red wavelength range of 600 nm to 665 nm, preferably 610 nm to 665 nm, and is typically found in a 10 wt % TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0390] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the TADF material E B The maximum emission (peak emission) of a small FWHM emitter S in the context of the present invention is B It is at a wavelength shorter than the maximum emission (peak emission) of the

[0391] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material EB is an organic TADF material, which means in the context of the present invention that it does not contain any transition metal. Preferably, each TADF material E according to the present invention B is composed primarily of the elements hydrogen (H), carbon (C) and nitrogen (N), but can also contain, for example, oxygen (O), boron (B), silicon (Si), fluorine (F) and bromine (Br).

[0392] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B has a molecular weight of less than 800 g / mol.

[0393] In one embodiment of the present invention, a TADF emitter E B exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 30% or more and is typically found in 10 wt% TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20 °C). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0394] In one embodiment of the present invention, a TADF emitter E B exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 50% or more and is typically found in 10 wt% TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20°C). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0395] In one embodiment of the present invention, a TADF emitter E B exhibits a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of 70% or more and is typically obtained at 10 wt% of TADF material E in poly(methyl methacrylate) PMMA at room temperature (i.e., approximately 20°C). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0396] In one embodiment of the present invention, the TADF material E B teeth, (i) The lowest excited singlet state energy level E(S1 E) and the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 E ) corresponds to the energy difference ΔE ST a value of less than 0.4 eV, (ii) exhibit a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) greater than 30%;

[0397] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B The lowest unoccupied orbital LUMO (E B ) of energy E LUMO (E B ) is less than -2.6 eV.

[0398] Generally, TADF materials E allow for fluorescence and (thermally activated) delayed fluorescence. B It is known that the excitation energy transfer components EET, EET-1 and / or EET-2 are optionally included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, preferably mainly as "energy pumps" rather than emitter materials. B is preferably a small FWHM emitter S of 1 or more. B The phosphorescent material P in at least one luminescent layer B transfers excitation energy to the phosphorescent material P, which acts as a main emitter material. B Its primary function is preferably not to emit light, but it may emit light to some extent.

[0399] Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the TADF material (molecule) E B We know how to design a ΔE ST generally decreases, and in the context of the present invention, ΔE ST is smaller than 0.4 eV as mentioned above. This is because the TADF molecule E BThis is achieved by designing the HOMO and LUMO groups as the HOMO and LUMO groups. These groups are generally bulky or twisted by being connected via spiro junctions, which reduces the spatial overlap of the HOMO and LUMO. However, minimizing the spatial overlap of the HOMO and LUMO groups also has the disadvantage of lowering the photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of the TADF material. Therefore, it is necessary to actually consider both of these effects and calculate the ΔE ST Reduce and achieve high PLQY.

[0400] One common approach for TADF material design is to covalently link one or more HOMO-distributed (electron) donor moieties and one or more LUMO-distributed (electron) acceptor moieties to the same bridge, referred to herein as a linker group. B can, for example, contain two or three linker groups attached to the same acceptor moiety, with additional donor and acceptor moieties attached to each of the two or three linker groups.

[0401] Also, one or more donor moieties and one or more acceptor moieties can be directly bonded to one another (without the presence of a linker group).

[0402] Exemplary donor moieties are derivatives of diphenylamine, carbazole, acridine, phenoxazine and related structures.

[0403] Derivatives of benzene, biphenyl, and to some extent terphenyl, are common linker groups.

[0404] Nitrile groups are very common acceptor moieties in TADF molecules, well-known examples of which include: (i) Carbazolyldicyanobenzene compounds 2CzPN (4,5-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phthalonitrile), DCzIPN (4,6-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)isophthalonitrile), 4CzPN (3,4,5,6-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phthalonitrile), 4CzIPN (2,4,5,6-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)isophthalonitrile), 4CzTPN (2,4,5,6-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)terephthalonitrile) and their derivatives, (ii) Carbazolylcyanopyridine compounds 4CzCNPy (2,3,5,6-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-4-cyanopyridine) and its derivatives, (iii) Carbazolylcyanobiphenyl compounds CNBPCz (4,4',5,5'-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2,2'-dicarbonitrile), CzBPCN (4,4',6,6'-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-3,3'-dicarbonitrile), DDCzIPN (3,3',5,5'-tetra(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-[1,1'-biphenyl]-2,2',6,6'-tetracarbonitrile) and their derivatives, wherein in these materials, one or more of the nitrile groups may have fluorine (F) or trifluoromethyl (CF) as an acceptor moiety. 3 ) can also be substituted.

[0405] Nitrogen heterocycles such as triazine, pyrimidine, triazole, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, heptazine, 1,4-diazatriphenylene, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, quinoxaline, and diazafluorene derivatives are also well-known acceptor moieties used in TADF molecular constructions. For example, known examples of TADF molecules containing triazine acceptors include PIC-TRZ (7,7'-(6-([1,1'-biphenyl]-4-yl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl)bis(5-phenyl-5,7-dihydroindolo[2,3-b]carbazole)), mBFCzTrz (5-(3-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl))phenyl)-5H-benzofuro[3,2-c]carbazole), and DCzTrz (9,9'-(5-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-1,3-phenylene)bis(9H-carbazole)).

[0406] Another group of TADF materials includes diaryl ketones such as benzophenone, or (heteroaryl)aryl ketones such as 4-benzoylpyridine, 9,10-anthraquinone, 9H-xanthen-9-one and their derivatives as acceptor moieties to which donor moieties (mainly carbazolyl substituents) are attached. Examples of such TADF molecules include BPBCz (bis(4-(9'-phenyl-9H,9'H-[3,3'-bicarbazol]-9-yl)phenyl)methanone), mDCBP ((3,5-di(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)(pyridin-4-yl)methanone), AQ-DTBu-Cz (2,6-bis(4-(3,6-di-tert-butyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl)anthracene-9,10-dione), and MCz-XT (3-(1,3,6,8-tetramethyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)-9H-xanthen-9-one), respectively.

[0407] Sulfoxides, particularly diphenyl sulfoxides, are also commonly used as acceptor moieties for the construction of TADF materials; well-known examples include 4-PC-DPS (9-phenyl-3-(4-(phenylsulfonyl)phenyl)-9H-carbazole), DitBu-DPS (9,9'-(sulfonylbis(4,1-phenylene))bis(9H-carbazole)), and TXO-PhCz (2-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-9H-xanthen-9-one 10,10-dioxide).

[0408] The specific material meets the basic requirements mentioned above, i.e., ΔE ST By way of example, all of the above-mentioned groups of TADF molecules are suitable for use in the present invention, provided that the value is less than 0.4 eV. B can be provided.

[0409] Those skilled in the art will recognize that many more materials than just the named structures are suitable TADF materials in the context of the present invention. B The skilled artisan is familiar with the principles of designing such molecules and knows how to design such molecules having particular emission hues (e.g., blue, green or red emission).

[0410] Other contributions include: H. Tanaka, K. Shizu, H. Nakanotani, C. Adachi, Chemistry of Materials 2013, 25(18), 3766, DOI: 10.1021 / cm402428a; Advanced Materials 2013, 25(24), 3319, Advanced Materials 2013, 25(24), 3319; Nasu K., Nakagawa T., Nomura H., Lin C.-J., Cheng C.-H., Tseng M.-R., Yasudad T., Adachi C., Chemical Communications 2013, 49(88), 10385, DOI: 10.1039 / c3cc44179b; Nature Photonics 2014, 8(4), 326, DOI: 10.1038 / nphoton.2014.12; B.Wex, BRKafarani, Journal of Materials Chemistry C 2017, 5, 8622, DOI: 10.1039 / c7tc02156a; Chemistry of Materials 2017, 29(5), 1946, DOI: 10.1021 / acs.chemmater.6b05324; Beilstein Journal of Organic Chemistry 2018, 14, 282, DOI: 10.3762 / bjoc.14.18; X. Liang, Z.-L.Tu, Y.-X.Zheng, Chemistry-A European Journal 2019, 25(22), 5623, DOI: 10.1002 / chem.201805952. .

[0411] Also, for example, US2015105564(A1), US2015048338(A1), US2015141642(A1), US2014336379(A1), US2014138670(A1), US2012241732(A1), EP3315581(A1), EP3483156(A1) and US2018053901(A1) disclose TADF materials E that can be used in the organic electroluminescence device according to the present invention. B It is understood that this does not mean that the present invention is limited to organic electroluminescent devices that contain the TADF materials disclosed in the cited references. Any TADF material used in the prior art is considered to be a suitable TADF material E in the context of the present invention. B It is understood that.

[0412] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B CN, CF 3 and an optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl group.

[0413] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B comprises one or more chemical moieties independently selected from the group consisting of CN and an optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl group.

[0414] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B contains one or more optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups.

[0415] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E Bcomprises one or more chemical moieties independently selected from amino, indolyl, carbazolyl and derivatives thereof, any of which may be optionally substituted, wherein the groups are bonded to the core structure of the respective TADF molecule through a nitrogen (N) or carbon (C) atom, and the substituents bonded to the groups may form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system.

[0416] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, TADF material E B Includes: - one or more first chemical moieties independently selected from amino, indolyl, carbazolyl and derivatives thereof, each of which is optionally substituted, wherein the groups are attached to the core structure of the respective TADF molecule via a nitrogen (N) or carbon (C) atom, and the substituents attached to the groups can form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; -CN, CF 3 and one or more second chemical moieties independently selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups.

[0417] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, TADF material E B Includes: - one or more first chemical moieties independently selected from amino, indolyl, carbazolyl and derivatives thereof, each of which is optionally substituted, wherein the groups are attached to the core structure of the respective TADF molecule via a nitrogen (N) or carbon (C) atom, and the substituents attached to the groups can form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; one or more second chemical moieties independently selected from the group consisting of: -CN and an optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl group.

[0418] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, at least one, preferably each, TADF material E B Includes: - one or more first chemical moieties independently selected from amino, indolyl, carbazolyl and derivatives thereof, each of which is optionally substituted, wherein the groups are attached to the core structure of the respective TADF molecule via a nitrogen (N) or carbon (C) atom, and the substituents attached to the groups can form a monocyclic or polycyclic, aliphatic or aromatic or heteroaromatic, carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring system; -1 or more optionally substituted 1,3,5-triazinyl groups.

[0419] Those skilled in the art know that the term "derivatives thereof" means that the respective parent structure is selectively substituted or any atom within the respective parent structure is replaced, for example, with an atom of another element.

[0420] In one embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B Includes: - one or more first chemical moieties each comprising or consisting of a structure according to formula DI,

[0421] [Chemical formula DI] JPEG2025505614000086.jpg44170 - Selective, CN, CF 3 and one or more second chemical moieties, each independently selected from a structure according to any one of formulas AI, A-II, A-III, and A-IV; JPEG2025505614000087.jpg22170A-I A-II A-III A-IV - one third chemical moiety comprising or consisting of a structure according to any one of the chemical formulae LI, L-II, L-III, L-IV, LV, L-VI, L-VII and L-VIII, JPEG2025505614000088.jpg49170L-I L-II JPEG2025505614000089.jpg39170L-III L-IV JPEG2025505614000090.jpg56170L-V L-VI JPEG2025505614000091.jpg70170L-VII L-VIII Where: the one or more first chemical moieties and optionally the one or more second chemical moieties are covalently bonded to a third chemical moiety via a single bond; In the chemical formula DI, # represents a single bond attachment site linking each first chemical moiety of formula DI to a third chemical moiety; Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=CR 1 R 2 , C=O, C=NR 1 , N.R. 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , B(OR 3 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 3 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 3 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 3 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 3 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 3 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 3 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 3C replaced with 3 -C 60 Heteroaryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 4 ) 2 , OR 4 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , B(OR 4 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 4 , C.F. 3 ,CN,F,Br,I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R 4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R 4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R 4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R 4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from R 4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 substituted with alkyl, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph or C 1 -C 5 is substituted with alkyl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, In the chemical formulas AI, A-II, A-III, and A-IV, the dashed lines represent single bonds connecting the respective second chemical moieties according to formula AI, A-II, A-III, or A-IV to a third chemical moiety; Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 9 ) 2 , OR 9 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(OR 9 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 9 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R 9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R 9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R 9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R 9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 3-C 60 Heteroaryl, R 9 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 10 ) 2 , OR 10 , Si(R 10 ) 3 , B(OR 10 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 10 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10 C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Alkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10 C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by C 1 -C 40 Thioalkoxy, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10 C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkenyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10 C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by C 2 -C 40 Alkynyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 3 -C 60 Heteroaryl, R 10 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Alkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 1 -C 5 Thioalkoxy, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 2 -C 5 Alkenyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C2 -C 5 Alkynyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 substituted with alkyl, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph or C 1 -C 5 is substituted with alkyl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0422] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000092.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where, in the formula EWG-I, at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8optionally forms an aromatic ring, which is fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; In the chemical formulas LI, L-II, L-III, L-IV, LV, L-VI, L-VII and L-VIII, Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 At least one Q is selected from 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium; C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl group, C 6 -C 18 substituted with aryl groups, F, Cl, Br and I; R 12 is R 6 It is defined as follows:

[0423] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=CR 1 R 2 , C=O, C=NR 1 , N.R. 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of Ra , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 3 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 3 C=CR 3 , C≡C, Si(R 3 ) 2 , Ge(R 3 ) 2 , Sn(R 3 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 3 , P(=O)(R 3 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 3 , O, S or CONR 5 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 3 -C 60 Heteroaryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 4 ) 2 , OR 4 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,CN,F,Br,I, C 1 -C40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 4 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 4 C=CR 4 , C≡C, Si(R 4 ) 2 , Ge(R 4 ) 2 , Sn(R 4 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 4 , P(=O)(R 4 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 4 , O, S or CONR 4 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 3 -C 57 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from R 4 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 substituted with alkyl, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 substituted with alkyl or Ph; N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 9 ) 2 , OR 9 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , B(OR 9 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 9 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 9 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 9 C=CR 9 , C≡C, Si(R 9 ) 2 , Ge(R 9 ) 2 , Sn(R 9 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 9 , P(=O)(R 9 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 9 , O, S or CONR 9 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 3 -C 60 Heteroaryl, R 9 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 10 ) 2 , OR 10 , Si(R 10 ) 3 , B(OR 10 ) 2 , O.S.O. 2 R 10 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, C 1 -C 40 Alkyl, This can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents R 10 is replaced by Here, one or more non-adjacent CH 2 The group is optionally R 10 C=CR 10 , C≡C, Si(R 10 ) 2 , Ge(R 10 ) 2 , Sn(R 10 ) 2 , C=O, C=S, C=Se, C=NR 10 , P(=O)(R 10 ), SO, SO 2 , N.R. 10 , O, S or CONR 10 is replaced by Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 6 -C 60 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 3 -C 60 Heteroaryl, R 10 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, OPh, CF 3 ,C.N.,F. C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 substituted with alkyl, Ph or CN; C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Ph or C 1 -C 5 is substituted with alkyl, N(C 6 -C 18 Aryl) 2 , N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl) 2 , and N(C 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl)(C 6 -C 18 aryl), R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0424] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000093.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring, which is fused to the structure of formula A-IV, and which is fused to one or more substituents R 10 wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium; C 6 -C 18 Aryl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl group and C 6 -C 18 substituted with an aryl group, R 12 is R 6 It is defined as wherein the maximum number of first and second chemical moieties attached to a third chemical moiety is determined by the number of binding sites available on the third chemical moiety (i.e., the number of substituents R 11 The number of TADF materials E B comprises at least one first chemical moiety, at least one second chemical moiety, and exactly one third chemical moiety.

[0425] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=CR 1 R 2 , C=O, C=NR 1 , N.R. 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F. 3 , CN, F, Cl, Br, I, Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 4 ) 2 , Si(R 4 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 4 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 , R2 and R 3 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from 5 is selectively substituted with R 4 and R 5 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,CN,F,Me, i Pr, t Bu, N(Ph) 2 , and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 9 ) 2 , OR 9 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 9 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 10 ) 2 , OR 10 , Si(R 10 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 10 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 10 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, C.F. 3 ,CN,F,N(Ph) 2 , and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0426] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000094.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring, which is fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, C 1 -C 5 Alkyl, wherein optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced with deuterium; Deuterium, Me, i Pr, t C optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph 6 -C 18 Aryl, R 12 is R 6It is defined as follows:

[0427] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=O, NR 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F. 3 , C.N., Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,CN,F,Me, i Pr, t Bu, N(Ph) 2 , Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, wherein optionally, the optional substituent Ra , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from wherein the fused ring system, optionally formed in this manner, consisting of the structure according to formula D-1 and the attached rings formed by adjacent substituents, contains a total of 13 to 40 ring atoms, preferably 13 to 30 ring atoms, more preferably 16 to 30 ring atoms; a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 9 ) 2 , OR 9 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 9 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, C.F. 3 ,CN,F,N(Ph) 2 , and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0428] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000095.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8optionally forms an aromatic ring, which is fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Me, i Pr, t Ph optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph; R 12 is R 6 It is defined as follows:

[0429] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=O, NR 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b and R d are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,CN,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, triazinyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, pyrimidinyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, pyridinyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F. 3 , C.N., Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,CN,F,Me, iPr, t Bu, and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from wherein the fused ring system thus formed, consisting of the structure according to formula D1 and the attached rings formed by adjacent substituents, contains a total of 13 to 40 ring atoms, preferably 13 to 30 ring atoms, more preferably 16 to 30 ring atoms; a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 9 ) 2 , OR 9 , Si(R 9 ) 3 , C.F. 3 ,C.N.,F. Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, and Optionally, one or more substituents R 9 C replaced with 3 -C 17 Heteroaryl, R 9 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, C.F. 3 ,CN,F,N(Ph) 2 , and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, CN, CF 3 or replaced by F, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0430] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000096.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where at least one R XThe group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring, which is fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Me, i Pr, t Ph optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph; R 12 is R 6 It is defined as follows:

[0431] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=O, NR 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b and R d are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, N(R 3 ) 2 , OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , C.F.3 ,CN,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, OR 3 , Si(R 3 ) 3 , Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 1 -C 5 Alkyl, Optionally, one or more substituents R 3 C replaced with 6 -C 18 Aryl, R 3 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,CN,F,Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from wherein the fused ring system thus formed, consisting of the structure according to formula D1 and the attached rings formed by adjacent substituents, contains a total of 13 to 40 ring atoms, preferably 13 to 30 ring atoms, more preferably 16 to 30 ring atoms; a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, OPh, N(Ph) 2 , Si(Me) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , C.F. 3 ,CN,F,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0432] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000097.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Ph optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph; R 12 is R 6 It is defined as follows:

[0433] In a more preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=O, NR 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b and R d are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , Si(Me) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , C.F. 3 ,CN,Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t is substituted with Bu and Ph, and carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, independently of each other, R a , R b, R d , R 1 and R 2 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from wherein the fused ring system thus formed, consisting of the structure according to formula D1 and the attached rings formed by adjacent substituents, contains a total of 13 to 40 ring atoms, preferably 13 to 30 ring atoms, more preferably 16 to 30 ring atoms; a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , Si(Me) 3 , Si(Ph) 3 , Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t is substituted with Bu and Ph, and carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0434] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000098.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 However, CN or CF 3 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, Deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Ph optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph; R 12 is R6 It is defined as follows:

[0435] In a particularly preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2 are, in each case independently of one another, a direct bond, CR 1 R 2 , C=O, NR 1 , O, SiR 1 R 2 , S, S(O) and S(O) 2 is selected from the group consisting of R a , R b and R d are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, CF 3 ,CN,Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 1 and R 2 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, wherein optionally, the optional substituent R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 are, independently of each other, R a , R b , R d , R 1 and R 2 together with one or more adjacent substituents selected from wherein the fused ring system thus formed, consisting of the structure according to formula D1 and the attached rings formed by adjacent substituents, contains a total of 13 to 40 ring atoms, preferably 13 to 30 ring atoms, more preferably 16 to 30 ring atoms; a is an integer, 0 or 1; b is an integer, in each case 0 or 1, where both b are always identical; where when integer a is 1, both integers b are 0, and when both integers b are 1, integer a is 0, Q 1 are in each case, independently of one another, nitrogen (N), CR 6 and CR 7 provided that in formula AI, two adjacent groups Q 1 are not nitrogen (N), and here, the group Q of the formula AI 1 If none of the groups is nitrogen (N), the group Q 1 At least one of them is CR 7 and Q 2 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 6 with the proviso that in formulae A-II and A-III, at least one group Q 2 is nitrogen (N) and two adjacent groups Q 2 are not both nitrogen (N), R 6 and R 8 are, in each occurrence, independently selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, Deuterium, N(Ph) 2 , Me, i Pr, t Bu, Ph, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, carbazolyl, where optionally one or more hydrogen atoms are independently selected from deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Substituted with Bu and Ph, R 7 are, in each case independently of one another, CN, CF 3 and a structure according to formula EWG-I,

[0436] [Chemical formula EWG-I] JPEG2025505614000099.jpg27170, where R X is R 6 However, CN or CF 3 where at least one R X The group is CN or CF 3 and wherein in formula A-IV, two adjacent groups R 8 optionally forms an aromatic ring fused to the structure of formula A-IV, wherein the fused ring system thus formed optionally contains a total of 9 to 18 ring atoms; Q 3 are, in each case independently of one another, nitrogen (N) and CR 12 , with the proviso that at least one Q 3 is nitrogen (N), R 11 are, in each occurrence, independently of each other, a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, or are, independently of each other, selected from the group consisting of: Hydrogen, deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Bu, and Deuterium, Me, i Pr, t Ph optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of Bu and Ph; R 12 is R 6 It is defined as follows:

[0437] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, a is always 1 and b is always 0.

[0438] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Z 2is a direct bond in each case.

[0439] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R a is hydrogen in each case.

[0440] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R a and R d is hydrogen in each case.

[0441] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, Q 3 is nitrogen (N) in each case.

[0442] In one embodiment of the invention, in formula EWG-I, at least one group R X is CN.

[0443] In a preferred embodiment of the invention, in the formula EWG-I, exactly one group R X is CN.

[0444] In a preferred embodiment of the invention, in formula EWG-I, exactly one R X The group is CN, and in formula EWG-I, R X The base is CF 3 isn't it.

[0445] Examples of first chemical moieties according to the present invention are given below, but this is not meant to limit the invention to these examples: JPEG2025505614000100.jpg 149144 JPEG2025505614000101.jpg 121144 JPEG2025505614000102.jpg 93144 JPEG2025505614000103.jpg 119144 where the above definitions apply.

[0446] Examples of second chemical moieties according to the present invention are given below, but this is not meant to limit the invention to these examples: JPEG2025505614000104.jpg92144JPEG2025505614000105.jpg152144 where the above definitions apply.

[0447] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B is the chemical formula E B -I, E B -NO B -III, E B -IV, E B -V, E B -VI,E B -VII, E B -VIII, E B -IX, E B -X and E B -XI:

[0448] [Chemical formula E B -I] JPEG2025505614000106.jpg5656

[0449] [Chemical formula E B -II] JPEG2025505614000107.jpg8499

[0450] [Chemical formula E B -III] JPEG2025505614000108.jpg5748

[0451] [Chemical formula E B -IV] JPEG2025505614000109.jpg5748

[0452] [Chemical formula E B -V] JPEG2025505614000110.jpg4670

[0453] [Chemical formula E B -VI] JPEG2025505614000111.jpg85106

[0454] [Chemical formula E B -VII] JPEG2025505614000112.jpg85106

[0455] [Chemical formula E B -VIII] JPEG2025505614000113.jpg85106

[0456] [Chemical formula E B -IX] JPEG2025505614000114.jpg77113

[0457] [Chemical formula E B -X] JPEG2025505614000115.jpg92108

[0458] [Chemical formula E B -XI] JPEG2025505614000116.jpg116110, where R 13 is R 11 It is defined as follows, where R 13 is not a single bond attachment site linking the first or second chemical moiety to a third chemical moiety, R Y CN and CF 3 or R Y comprises or consists of a structure according to the formula BN-I:

[0459] [Chemical formula BN-I] JPEG2025505614000117.jpg27170This is the single bond represented by the dashed line, which is the chemical formula E B -I, E B -NO B -III, E B -IV, E B -V, E B -VI,E B -VII, E B -VIII or E B-IX, where exactly one R BN The group is CN, and the other two R BN Both groups are hydrogen (H), Otherwise the above definitions apply.

[0460] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R 13 is hydrogen in each case.

[0461] In one embodiment of the present invention, R Y is CN in each case.

[0462] In one embodiment of the present invention, R Y In each case, CF 3 It is.

[0463] In one embodiment of the present invention, R Y is in each case the structure represented by the chemical formula BN-I.

[0464] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R Y are each independently selected from CN and the structure represented by the chemical formula BN-I.

[0465] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B is a chemical formula E to which the above definitions apply. B -I, E B -NO B -III, E B -IV, E B -V, E B -VI,E B -VII and E B -X.

[0466] In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, each TADF material E B is a chemical formula E to which the above definitions apply. B -I, E B -NO B -III, E B-V and E B -X.

[0467] TADF material E for use in an organic electroluminescent device according to the present invention B Examples of TADF materials E are shown below, but this is because only the examples shown are suitable TADF materials E in the context of the present invention. B This does not mean that.

[0468] Chemical formula E B -I by TADF material E B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000118.jpg119144JPEG2025505614000119.jpg41144JPEG202 5505614000120.jpg70144JPEG2025505614000121.jpg117144JPEG20255056140 00122.jpg137144JPEG2025505614000123.jpg65144JPEG2025505614000124.j pg55144JPEG2025505614000125.jpg159144JPEG2025505614000126.jpg141144

[0469] Chemical formula E B TADF Material E by -II B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000127.jpg71144JPEG2025505614000128.jpg170120JPEG2025505614 000129.jpg56144JPEG2025505614000130.jpg254151JPEG2025505614000131.jpg68144

[0470] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials E by . B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000132.jpg138144JPEG2025505614000133.jpg132144JPEG2025505614000134.jpg55144JPEG2025505614000135.jpg254158

[0471] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials E by -IV B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000136.jpg96144

[0472] Chemical formula E B -V based TADF material E B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000137.jpg254161

[0473] Chemical formula E B TADF materials with -VI B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000138.jpg254159

[0474] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials E by -VII B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000139.jpg169144

[0475] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials E by . B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000140.jpg119144

[0476] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials by E-IX B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000141.jpg69144JPEG2025505614000142.jpg86144

[0477] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials by E-X B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000143.jpg121144JPEG2025505614000144.jpg6790

[0478] Chemical formula E B TADF Materials E by -XI B Non-limiting examples are shown below: JPEG2025505614000145.jpg58144

[0479] TADF material E B The synthesis of is accomplished via standard reactions and reaction conditions known to the skilled artisan. Generally, in the first step, a coupling reaction, preferably a palladium catalyzed coupling reaction, is carried out to obtain a compound of formula E B -III, E B -IV and E B -TADF material E by any one of V B The synthesis of the compound is exemplified below: JPEG2025505614000146.jpg46170

[0480] E1 is any boronic acid (R B =H) or the corresponding boronic ester (R B = alkyl or aryl), in particular two R B can form a ring to provide, for example, a boronic acid pinacol ester. As a second reactant E2 is used, where Hal represents a halogen, also I, Br or Cl, but preferably Br. The reaction conditions for such palladium-catalyzed coupling reactions are known to those skilled in the art, for example from WO2017 / 005699, and it is known that the reactive groups of E1 and E2 can be interchanged to optimize the reaction yield as shown below: JPEG2025505614000147.jpg44144

[0481] In the second step, the TADF molecule is obtained via reaction of the nitrogen heterocycle with an aryl halide, preferably an aryl fluoride E3, in an aromatic nucleophilic substitution. Typical conditions include the use of a base, such as, for example, tripotassium phosphate or sodium hydride, in an aprotic polar solvent, such as, for example, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF). JPEG2025505614000148.jpg45144

[0482] In particular, the donor molecule E4 may be a 3,6-substituted carbazole (e.g., 3,6-dimethylcarbazole, 3,6-diphenylcarbazole, 3,6-di-tert-butylcarbazole), a 2,7-substituted carbazole (e.g., 2,7-dimethylcarbazole, 2,7-diphenylcarbazole, 2,7-di-tert-butylcarbazole), a 1,8-substituted carbazole (e.g., 1,8-dimethylcarbazole, 1,8-diphenylcarbazole, 1 ,8-di-tert-butylcarbazole), 1-substituted carbazoles (e.g., 1-methylcarbazole, 1-phenylcarbazole, 1-tert-butylcarbazole), 2-substituted carbazoles (e.g., 2-methylcarbazole, 2-phenylcarbazole, 2-tert-butylcarbazole), or 3-substituted carbazoles (e.g., 3-methylcarbazole, 3-phenylcarbazole, 3-tert-butylcarbazole).

[0483] Alternatively, halogen substituted carbazoles, especially 3-bromocarbazole, are used as E4.

[0484] In a subsequent reaction, a boronic ester or acid functionality can be illustratively introduced at the position of one or more halogen substituents introduced via E4 to generate the corresponding carbazolylboronic acid or ester, such as carbazol-3-yl-boronic acid or carbazol-3-yl-boronic acid, for example, via reaction with (pinacolato)diboron (CAS No. 73183-34-3). The corresponding halogenated reactant, such as R a -Hal, preferably R a -Cl and R a In place of the boronic ester or acid group, one or more substituents R a , R b or R d may be introduced.

[0485] Alternatively, the substituent R a [R a -B(OH) 2 ], R b [R b -B(OH) 2 ] or R d [R d -B(OH) 2 or a corresponding boronic acid ester, one or more substituents R a , R b or R d may be introduced.

[0486] In addition, TADF material E B can be obtained similarly. B can be obtained by any alternative synthetic route suitable for the purpose.

[0487] An alternative synthetic route may involve the introduction of the nitrogen heterocycle via copper or palladium catalyzed coupling to an aryl halide or aryl pseudohalide, preferably an aryl bromide, aryl iodide, aryl triflate or aryl tosylate.

[0488] Phosphorescent material P B In the context of the present invention, the phosphorescent material P B utilizes the intramolecular spin-orbit interaction (heavy atom effect) caused by metal atoms to obtain emission from triplets (i.e., excited triplet states, generally the lowest excited triplet state T1). That is, phosphorescent materials P B can emit phosphorescence at room temperature (i.e., (approximately) 20° C.), which is typically achieved by mixing 10 wt % of each P in poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA). B It is measured from a spin-coated film.

[0489] Even if phosphorescence is emitted by definition, phosphorescent material P B It is known that, optionally, an excitation energy transfer component EET, EET-1 or EET-2 is included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, preferably mainly as an "energy pump" rather than as an emitter material. That is, the phosphorescent material P B is preferably a small FWHM emitter S of 1 or more. B The phosphorescent material P in at least one luminescent layer B transfers excitation energy to the phosphorescent material P, which acts as a main emitter material. B Its primary function is preferably not to emit light, but it may emit light to some extent.

[0490] In general, it is understood that all phosphorescent complexes used in organic electroluminescent devices in the prior art can also be used in the organic electroluminescent devices according to the invention.

[0491] Phosphorescent material P used in organic electroluminescence devices BIt is common knowledge for those skilled in the art that phosphorescent materials are Ir, Pt, Au, Os, Eu, Ru, Re, Ag and Cu, preferably Ir, Pt and Pd, more preferably Ir and Pt complexes in the context of the present invention. Those skilled in the art know what materials are suitable as phosphorescent materials in organic electroluminescent devices and how to synthesize them. Those skilled in the art are also familiar with the design principles of phosphorescent complexes for use as phosphorescent materials in organic electroluminescent devices, and know how to adjust the emission of the complexes through structural changes.

[0492] See for example: C.-L.Ho, H.Li, W.-Y.Wong, Journal of Organometallic Chemistry 2014, 751, 261, DOI: 10.1016 / j.jorganchem.2013.09.035; T.Fleetham, G.Li, J.Li, Advanced Science News 2017, 29, 1601861, DOI: 10.1002 / adma.201601861; ARBMYusoff, AJHuckaba, MKNazeeruddin, Topics in Current Chemistry(Z) 2017, 375:39, 1, DOI: 10.1007 / s41061-017-0126-7; T.-Y.Li, J.Wuc, Z.-G.Wua, Y.-X.Zheng, J.-L.Zuo, Y.Pan, Coordination Chemistry Reviews 2018, 374, 55, DOI: 10.1016 / j.ccr.2018.06.014.

[0493] For example, US2020274081(A1), US20010019782(A1), US20020034656(A1), US20030138657(A1), US2005123791(A1), US20060065890(A1), US20060134462(A1), US20070034863(A1), US20070111026(A1), US2007034863(A1), US2007138437(A1), US20080020237(A1), US20080297033(A1), US2008210930( A1), US20090115322(A1), US2009104472(A1), US20100244004(A1), US201 0105902(A1), US20110057559(A1), US2011215710(A1), US2012292601(A1 ), US2013165653(A1), US20140246656(A1), US20030068526(A1), US20050 123788(A1), US2005260449(A1), US20060127696(A1), US20060202194(A1) ), US20070087321(A1), US20070190359(A1), US2007104979(A1), US2007224450(A1), US20080233410(A1), US200805851(A1), US20090039776(A1) , US20090179555(A1), US201000905...

Claims

1. An organic electroluminescent device, comprising: A) an anode layer; HTL) a hole transport layer HTL containing a hole transport material HTM; EXL) an exciton management layer EXL comprising: (ai) at least one excitation energy transfer moiety EET; (a-ii) Small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S Ｂ , (a-iii) Host material H Ｂ , B) at least one light-emitting layer B comprising: (ib) Triplet-triplet annihilation (TTA) material H ＴＴＡ , and (iib) Small Full Width at Half Maximum (FWHM) emitter S Ｂ , C) a cathode layer; where: The layer order is A-HTL-BC, the excitation energy transfer component EET is selected from the group consisting of a TADF material, a phosphorescent material, and an exciplex; The organic electroluminescent element is characterized in that it satisfies one of the following conditions a) or b): a) the exciton management layer EXL is adjacent to the light-emitting layer B and is located between the light-emitting layer B and the hole-transporting layer HTL, or b) An exciton management layer EXL is adjacent to and located between the two light-emitting layers B.

2. 2. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, wherein the exciton management layer EXL is thinner than the light-emitting layer B, and when there is more than one light-emitting layer B, is thinner than the total thickness of all the light-emitting layers B.

3. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1 , wherein the exciton management layer EXL includes at least one phosphorescent material.

4. The host material H Ｂ is the energy E ＨＯＭＯ (H Ｂ ) highest occupied molecular orbital HOMO (H Ｂ ) and the hole transport material HTM has an energy E ＨＯＭＯ (H ＨＴＭ 2. The organic electroluminescent device of claim 1 , wherein the organic electroluminescent device has a highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, E ＨＯＭＯ (H Ｂ )<E ＨＯＭＯ (H ＨＴＭ )。

5. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 4, which satisfies the following conditions: 0<E ＨＯＭＯ (8) ＨＴＭ )-E ＨＯＭＯ (8) Ｂ )≦00.4466。

6. The hole transport material HTM has a lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 ＨＴＭ ) and the host material H Ｂ is the lowest excited triplet state energy level E(T1 ＨＢ 2. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, wherein the organic electroluminescent device comprises: E(T1) ＨＢ )<E(T1 ＨＴＭ ).

7. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, which satisfies the following conditions: 0<E(T1) ＨＴＭ )-E(T1 ＨＢ )≦0.4U.

8. 2. The organic electroluminescent device of claim 1, wherein the TTA material comprises a structure represented by the following chemical formula 4: [Chemical formula 4] where: Each Ar is independently selected from the group consisting of: C ６ -C ６０ Aryl, C ３ -C ５７ Heteroaryl, halogen and C １ -C ４０ C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl ６ -C ６０ aryl, and C ６ -C ６０ Aryl, C ３ -C ５７ Heteroaryl, halogen and C １ -C ４０ C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl ３ -C ５７ heteroaryl, Each A １ is independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, deuterium, C ６ -C ６０ Aryl, C ３ -C ５７ Heteroaryl, halogen and C １ -C ４０ C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl ６ -C ６０ aryl, C ６ -C ６０ Aryl, C ３ -C ５７ Heteroaryl, halogen and C １ -C ４０ C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl ３ -C ５７ heteroaryl, and C ６ -C ６０ Aryl, C ３ -C ５７ Heteroaryl, halogen and C １ -C ４０ C optionally substituted with one or more residues selected from the group consisting of (hetero)alkyl １ -C ４０ (hetero)alkyl.

9. The small full width at half maximum (FWHM) emitter S Ｂ 2. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 1, which emits light having a maximum emission wavelength of 440 to 480 nm and a full width at half maximum (FWHM) of 0.25 eV or less.

10. The small FWHM emitter S Ｂ The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1 , wherein the organic electroluminescent device satisfies at least one of the following requirements: (i) Boron (B) containing emitters, which are small FWHM emitters S Ｂ and / or wherein at least one atom in (ii) Contains a polycyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic core structure, in which at least two aromatic rings are fused together, such as, for example, anthracene, pyrene, or aza derivatives thereof.

11. 2. The organic electroluminescent device of claim 1, wherein the exciton management layer EXL comprises structurally non-identical energy transfer components EET-1 and EET-2.

12. 12. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 11, wherein EET-1 and EET-2 are independently selected from a TADF material and a phosphorescent material.

13. At least one EET is a TADF material E characterized by: Ｂ The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 1, (i) The lowest excited singlet state energy E(S1 Ｅ ) and the lowest excited triplet state energy E(T1 Ｅ ) and ΔE ＳＴ value is less than 0.4 eV, and (ii) exhibit a photoluminescence quantum yield (PLQY) of greater than 30%;

14. 10. A method for fabricating the organic electroluminescent device of claim 1, comprising the steps of: (i) evaporating at least one layer of light-emitting layer B through vacuum evaporation; and (ii) evaporating the exciton management layer EXL via vacuum evaporation; Here, step (i) may be performed before or after step (ii).

15. A method of generating light comprising the steps of: (i) providing an organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 13 or obtained by the method according to claim 14, and (ii) applying a current to the organic electroluminescent device;

16. 16. The method of claim 15, wherein the method generates light exhibiting a maximum emission with a main emission peak at a wavelength between 440 nm and 480 nm.

17. 16. The method of claim 15, wherein the method generates light exhibiting a maximum emission with a main emission peak at a wavelength between 500 nm and 560 nm.

Images